AddItems

Use this call to define one to five items and list them on the specified eBay site.

Note: Sellers may be subject to call-rate limits for Add calls. The Add calls include AddItem, AddFixedPriceItem, AddItems, VerifyAddItem, and VerifyAddFixedPriceItem.

Users who exceed these call frequency limits for Add calls will be temporarily blocked from listing, and an error message (ErrorCode 21919144) will alert them to this fact. These call frequency limits are subject to change without notice.

AddItems works just like AddItem with the exception that AddItems lets you list up to five items at a time. In the call to AddItems, specify each complete Item definition within a AddItemRequestContainer node. In addition to Item, specify a MessageID value in each AddItemRequestContainer to help you correlate the respective item with the values returned in the response.

For each Item in the request, the response returns a corresponding container that has the ItemID for the new listing, the listing's start and end times, plus the estimated fees for listing the item (not including transaction fees, which cannot be calculated until the item is sold).

For complete details on listing items, refer to the AddItem call.

See:
    List an item
    Create item listings
    Add pictures

See also the reference documentation for these calls:

AddItem - Creates a fixed-price, auction, or classified ad listing.
VerifyAddItem - Enables a seller to specify the definition of a new item and submit the definition to eBay without creating a listing.

Input

See also Samples.

The box below lists all fields that could be included in the call request. To learn more about an individual field or its type, click its name in the box (or scroll down to find it in the table below the box).

See also the Deprecated Objects link above. Fields presented in this color are deprecated, and fields presented in this color are (or soon will be) non-operational.

The XML prototype does not include requester credentials. This is a documentation limitation only (see Standard Requester Credentials for Making Calls).

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<AddItemsRequest xmlns="urn:ebay:apis:eBLBaseComponents">
  <!-- Call-specific Input Fields -->
  <AddItemRequestContainer> AddItemRequestContainerType
    <Item> ItemType
      <ApplicationData> string </ApplicationData>
      <AutoPay> boolean </AutoPay>
      <BestOfferDetails> BestOfferDetailsType
        <BestOfferEnabled> boolean </BestOfferEnabled>
      </BestOfferDetails>
      <BuyerResponsibleForShipping> boolean </BuyerResponsibleForShipping>
      <BuyItNowPrice currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </BuyItNowPrice>
      <CategoryMappingAllowed> boolean </CategoryMappingAllowed>
      <Charity> CharityType
        <CharityID> string </CharityID>
        <DonationPercent> float </DonationPercent>
      </Charity>
      <ConditionDescription> string </ConditionDescription>
      <ConditionDescriptors> ConditionDescriptorsType
        <ConditionDescriptor> ConditionDescriptorType
          <AdditionalInfo> string </AdditionalInfo>
          <Name> string </Name>
          <Value> string </Value>
          <!-- ... more Value values allowed here ... -->
        </ConditionDescriptor>
        <!-- ... more ConditionDescriptor nodes allowed here ... -->
      </ConditionDescriptors>
      <ConditionID> int </ConditionID>
      <Country> CountryCodeType </Country>
      <CrossBorderTrade> string </CrossBorderTrade>
      <!-- ... more CrossBorderTrade values allowed here ... -->
      <Currency> CurrencyCodeType </Currency>
      <CustomPolicies> CustomPoliciesType
        <ProductCompliancePolicyID> long </ProductCompliancePolicyID>
        <!-- ... more ProductCompliancePolicyID values allowed here ... -->
        <RegionalProductCompliancePolicies> CountryPoliciesArrayType
          <CountryPolicies> CountryPoliciesType
            <Country> CountryCodeType </Country>
            <PolicyID> long </PolicyID>
            <!-- ... more PolicyID values allowed here ... -->
          </CountryPolicies>
          <!-- ... more CountryPolicies nodes allowed here ... -->
        </RegionalProductCompliancePolicies>
        <RegionalTakeBackPolicies> CountryPoliciesArrayType
          <CountryPolicies> CountryPoliciesType
            <Country> CountryCodeType </Country>
            <PolicyID> long </PolicyID>
            <!-- ... more PolicyID values allowed here ... -->
          </CountryPolicies>
          <!-- ... more CountryPolicies nodes allowed here ... -->
        </RegionalTakeBackPolicies>
        <TakeBackPolicyID> long </TakeBackPolicyID>
      </CustomPolicies>
      <Description> string </Description>
      <DigitalGoodInfo> DigitalGoodInfoType
        <DigitalDelivery> boolean </DigitalDelivery>
      </DigitalGoodInfo>
      <DisableBuyerRequirements> boolean </DisableBuyerRequirements>
      <DispatchTimeMax> int </DispatchTimeMax>
      <eBayPlus> boolean </eBayPlus>
      <ExtendedProducerResponsibility> ExtendedProducerResponsibilityType
        <EcoParticipationFee currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </EcoParticipationFee>
      </ExtendedProducerResponsibility>
      <ExtendedSellerContactDetails> ExtendedContactDetailsType
        <ClassifiedAdContactByEmailEnabled> boolean </ClassifiedAdContactByEmailEnabled>
        <ContactHoursDetails> ContactHoursDetailsType
          <Hours1AnyTime> boolean </Hours1AnyTime>
          <Hours1Days> DaysCodeType </Hours1Days>
          <Hours1From> time </Hours1From>
          <Hours1To> time </Hours1To>
          <Hours2AnyTime> boolean </Hours2AnyTime>
          <Hours2Days> DaysCodeType </Hours2Days>
          <Hours2From> time </Hours2From>
          <Hours2To> time </Hours2To>
          <TimeZoneID> string </TimeZoneID>
        </ContactHoursDetails>
      </ExtendedSellerContactDetails>
      <ItemCompatibilityList> ItemCompatibilityListType
        <Compatibility> ItemCompatibilityType
          <CompatibilityNotes> string </CompatibilityNotes>
          <NameValueList> NameValueListType
            <Name> string </Name>
            <Value> string </Value>
            <!-- ... more Value values allowed here ... -->
          </NameValueList>
          <!-- ... more NameValueList nodes allowed here ... -->
        </Compatibility>
        <!-- ... more Compatibility nodes allowed here ... -->
      </ItemCompatibilityList>
      <ItemSpecifics> NameValueListArrayType
        <NameValueList> NameValueListType
          <Name> string </Name>
          <Value> string </Value>
          <!-- ... more Value values allowed here ... -->
        </NameValueList>
        <!-- ... more NameValueList nodes allowed here ... -->
      </ItemSpecifics>
      <ListingDetails> ListingDetailsType
        <BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice>
        <LocalListingDistance> string </LocalListingDistance>
        <MinimumBestOfferPrice currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </MinimumBestOfferPrice>
      </ListingDetails>
      <ListingDuration> token </ListingDuration>
      <ListingEnhancement> ListingEnhancementsCodeType </ListingEnhancement>
      <!-- ... more ListingEnhancement values allowed here ... -->
      <ListingSubtype2> ListingSubtypeCodeType </ListingSubtype2>
      <ListingType> ListingTypeCodeType </ListingType>
      <Location> string </Location>
      <LotSize> int </LotSize>
      <PaymentDetails> PaymentDetailsType
        <DaysToFullPayment> int </DaysToFullPayment>
        <DepositAmount currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </DepositAmount>
        <DepositType> DepositTypeCodeType </DepositType>
        <HoursToDeposit> int </HoursToDeposit>
      </PaymentDetails>
      <PaymentMethods> BuyerPaymentMethodCodeType </PaymentMethods>
      <!-- ... more PaymentMethods values allowed here ... -->
      <PayPalEmailAddress> string </PayPalEmailAddress>
      <PickupInStoreDetails> PickupInStoreDetailsType
        <EligibleForPickupInStore> boolean </EligibleForPickupInStore>
      </PickupInStoreDetails>
      <PictureDetails> PictureDetailsType
        <GalleryType> GalleryTypeCodeType </GalleryType>
        <PictureURL> anyURI </PictureURL>
        <!-- ... more PictureURL values allowed here ... -->
      </PictureDetails>
      <PostalCode> string </PostalCode>
      <PrimaryCategory> CategoryType
        <CategoryID> string </CategoryID>
      </PrimaryCategory>
      <PrivateListing> boolean </PrivateListing>
      <PrivateNotes> string </PrivateNotes>
      <ProductListingDetails> ProductListingDetailsType
        <BrandMPN> BrandMPNType
          <Brand> string </Brand>
          <MPN> string </MPN>
        </BrandMPN>
        <EAN> string </EAN>
        <IncludeeBayProductDetails> boolean </IncludeeBayProductDetails>
        <IncludeStockPhotoURL> boolean </IncludeStockPhotoURL>
        <ISBN> string </ISBN>
        <ProductReferenceID> string </ProductReferenceID>
        <ReturnSearchResultOnDuplicates> boolean </ReturnSearchResultOnDuplicates>
        <UPC> string </UPC>
        <UseFirstProduct> boolean </UseFirstProduct>
        <UseStockPhotoURLAsGallery> boolean </UseStockPhotoURLAsGallery>
      </ProductListingDetails>
      <Quantity> int </Quantity>
      <QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer> QuantityRestrictionPerBuyerInfoType
        <MaximumQuantity> int </MaximumQuantity>
      </QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer>
      <Regulatory> RegulatoryType
        <Documents> DocumentsType
          <Document> DocumentType
            <DocumentID> string </DocumentID>
          </Document>
          <!-- ... more Document nodes allowed here ... -->
        </Documents>
        <EnergyEfficiencyLabel> EnergyEfficiencyType
          <ImageDescription> string </ImageDescription>
          <ImageURL> anyURI </ImageURL>
          <ProductInformationsheet> anyURI </ProductInformationsheet>
        </EnergyEfficiencyLabel>
        <Hazmat> HazmatType
          <Component> string </Component>
          <Pictograms> PictogramsType
            <Pictogram> string </Pictogram>
            <!-- ... more Pictogram values allowed here ... -->
          </Pictograms>
          <SignalWord> string </SignalWord>
          <Statements> StatementsType
            <Statement> string </Statement>
            <!-- ... more Statement values allowed here ... -->
          </Statements>
        </Hazmat>
        <Manufacturer> ManufacturerType
          <CityName> string </CityName>
          <CompanyName> string </CompanyName>
          <Country> CountryCodeType </Country>
          <Email> string </Email>
          <Phone> string </Phone>
          <PostalCode> string </PostalCode>
          <StateOrProvince> string </StateOrProvince>
          <Street1> string </Street1>
          <Street2> string </Street2>
        </Manufacturer>
        <ProductSafety> ProductSafetyType
          <Component> string </Component>
          <Pictograms> PictogramsType
            <Pictogram> string </Pictogram>
            <!-- ... more Pictogram values allowed here ... -->
          </Pictograms>
          <Statements> StatementsType
            <Statement> string </Statement>
            <!-- ... more Statement values allowed here ... -->
          </Statements>
        </ProductSafety>
        <RepairScore> double </RepairScore>
        <ResponsiblePersons> ResponsiblePersonsType
          <ResponsiblePerson> ResponsiblePersonType
            <CityName> string </CityName>
            <CompanyName> string </CompanyName>
            <Country> CountryCodeType </Country>
            <Email> string </Email>
            <Phone> string </Phone>
            <PostalCode> string </PostalCode>
            <StateOrProvince> string </StateOrProvince>
            <Street1> string </Street1>
            <Street2> string </Street2>
            <Types> ResponsiblePersonCodeTypes
              <Type> ResponsiblePersonCodeType </Type>
              <!-- ... more Type values allowed here ... -->
            </Types>
          </ResponsiblePerson>
          <!-- ... more ResponsiblePerson nodes allowed here ... -->
        </ResponsiblePersons>
      </Regulatory>
      <ReservePrice currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ReservePrice>
      <ReturnPolicy> ReturnPolicyType
        <Description> string </Description>
        <InternationalRefundOption> token </InternationalRefundOption>
        <InternationalReturnsAcceptedOption> token </InternationalReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <InternationalReturnsWithinOption> token </InternationalReturnsWithinOption>
        <InternationalShippingCostPaidByOption> token </InternationalShippingCostPaidByOption>
        <RefundOption> token </RefundOption>
        <ReturnsAcceptedOption> token </ReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <ReturnsWithinOption> token </ReturnsWithinOption>
        <ShippingCostPaidByOption> token </ShippingCostPaidByOption>
      </ReturnPolicy>
      <ScheduleTime> dateTime </ScheduleTime>
      <SecondaryCategory> CategoryType
        <CategoryID> string </CategoryID>
      </SecondaryCategory>
      <Seller> UserType </Seller>
      <SellerContactDetails> AddressType
        <CompanyName> string </CompanyName>
        <County> string </County>
        <PhoneAreaOrCityCode> string </PhoneAreaOrCityCode>
        <PhoneCountryCode> CountryCodeType </PhoneCountryCode>
        <PhoneLocalNumber> string </PhoneLocalNumber>
        <Street> string </Street>
        <Street2> string </Street2>
      </SellerContactDetails>
      <SellerProfiles> SellerProfilesType
        <SellerPaymentProfile> SellerPaymentProfileType
          <PaymentProfileID> long </PaymentProfileID>
          <PaymentProfileName> string </PaymentProfileName>
        </SellerPaymentProfile>
        <SellerReturnProfile> SellerReturnProfileType
          <ReturnProfileID> long </ReturnProfileID>
          <ReturnProfileName> string </ReturnProfileName>
        </SellerReturnProfile>
        <SellerShippingProfile> SellerShippingProfileType
          <ShippingProfileID> long </ShippingProfileID>
          <ShippingProfileName> string </ShippingProfileName>
        </SellerShippingProfile>
      </SellerProfiles>
      <SellerProvidedTitle> string </SellerProvidedTitle>
      <ShippingDetails> ShippingDetailsType
        <CalculatedShippingRate> CalculatedShippingRateType
          <InternationalPackagingHandlingCosts currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </InternationalPackagingHandlingCosts>
          <PackagingHandlingCosts currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </PackagingHandlingCosts>
        </CalculatedShippingRate>
        <ExcludeShipToLocation> string </ExcludeShipToLocation>
        <!-- ... more ExcludeShipToLocation values allowed here ... -->
        <GlobalShipping> boolean </GlobalShipping>
        <InternationalPromotionalShippingDiscount> boolean </InternationalPromotionalShippingDiscount>
        <InternationalShippingDiscountProfileID> string </InternationalShippingDiscountProfileID>
        <InternationalShippingServiceOption> InternationalShippingServiceOptionsType
          <ShippingService> token </ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceAdditionalCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceAdditionalCost>
          <ShippingServiceCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceCost>
          <ShippingServicePriority> int </ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShipToLocation> string </ShipToLocation>
          <!-- ... more ShipToLocation values allowed here ... -->
        </InternationalShippingServiceOption>
        <!-- ... more InternationalShippingServiceOption nodes allowed here ... -->
        <PromotionalShippingDiscount> boolean </PromotionalShippingDiscount>
        <RateTableDetails> RateTableDetailsType
          <DomesticRateTable> string </DomesticRateTable>
          <DomesticRateTableId> string </DomesticRateTableId>
          <InternationalRateTable> string </InternationalRateTable>
          <InternationalRateTableId> string </InternationalRateTableId>
        </RateTableDetails>
        <SalesTax> SalesTaxType
          <SalesTaxPercent> float </SalesTaxPercent>
          <SalesTaxState> string </SalesTaxState>
          <ShippingIncludedInTax> boolean </ShippingIncludedInTax>
        </SalesTax>
        <ShippingDiscountProfileID> string </ShippingDiscountProfileID>
        <ShippingServiceOptions> ShippingServiceOptionsType
          <FreeShipping> boolean </FreeShipping>
          <ShippingService> token </ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceAdditionalCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceAdditionalCost>
          <ShippingServiceCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceCost>
          <ShippingServicePriority> int </ShippingServicePriority>
        </ShippingServiceOptions>
        <!-- ... more ShippingServiceOptions nodes allowed here ... -->
        <ShippingType> ShippingTypeCodeType </ShippingType>
      </ShippingDetails>
      <ShippingPackageDetails> ShipPackageDetailsType
        <MeasurementUnit> MeasurementSystemCodeType </MeasurementUnit>
        <PackageDepth> MeasureType (decimal) </PackageDepth>
        <PackageLength> MeasureType (decimal) </PackageLength>
        <PackageWidth> MeasureType (decimal) </PackageWidth>
        <ShippingIrregular> boolean </ShippingIrregular>
        <ShippingPackage> ShippingPackageCodeType </ShippingPackage>
        <WeightMajor> MeasureType (decimal) </WeightMajor>
        <WeightMinor> MeasureType (decimal) </WeightMinor>
      </ShippingPackageDetails>
      <ShippingServiceCostOverrideList> ShippingServiceCostOverrideListType
        <ShippingServiceCostOverride> ShippingServiceCostOverrideType
          <ShippingServiceAdditionalCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceAdditionalCost>
          <ShippingServiceCost currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </ShippingServiceCost>
          <ShippingServicePriority> int </ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShippingServiceType> ShippingServiceType </ShippingServiceType>
        </ShippingServiceCostOverride>
        <!-- ... more ShippingServiceCostOverride nodes allowed here ... -->
      </ShippingServiceCostOverrideList>
      <ShipToLocations> string </ShipToLocations>
      <!-- ... more ShipToLocations values allowed here ... -->
      <Site> SiteCodeType </Site>
      <SKU> SKUType (string) </SKU>
      <StartPrice currencyID="CurrencyCodeType"> AmountType (double) </StartPrice>
      <Storefront> StorefrontType
        <StoreCategory2ID> long </StoreCategory2ID>
        <StoreCategory2Name> string </StoreCategory2Name>
        <StoreCategoryID> long </StoreCategoryID>
        <StoreCategoryName> string </StoreCategoryName>
      </Storefront>
      <SubTitle> string </SubTitle>
      <TaxCategory> string </TaxCategory>
      <Title> string </Title>
      <UseTaxTable> boolean </UseTaxTable>
      <UUID> UUIDType (string) </UUID>
      <VATDetails> VATDetailsType
        <BusinessSeller> boolean </BusinessSeller>
        <RestrictedToBusiness> boolean </RestrictedToBusiness>
        <VATPercent> float </VATPercent>
      </VATDetails>
      <VideoDetails> VideoDetailsType
        <VideoID> string </VideoID>
        <!-- ... more VideoID values allowed here ... -->
      </VideoDetails>
      <VIN> string </VIN>
      <VRM> string </VRM>
    </Item>
    <MessageID> string </MessageID>
  </AddItemRequestContainer>
  <!-- ... more AddItemRequestContainer nodes allowed here ... -->
  <!-- Standard Input Fields -->
  <ErrorHandling> ErrorHandlingCodeType </ErrorHandling>
  <ErrorLanguage> string </ErrorLanguage>
  <MessageID> string </MessageID>
  <Version> string </Version>
  <WarningLevel> WarningLevelCodeType </WarningLevel>
</AddItemsRequest>

Argument	Type	Occurrence	Meaning

Call-specific Input Fields [Jump to standard fields]

AddItemRequestContainer	AddItemRequestContainerType	Required, repeatable: [1..5]	An AddItemRequestContainer container is required for each listing that will be created with the AddItems request. Up to five of these containers can be included in one AddItems request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item	ItemType	Required	Container holding all values that define a new listing. One Item container is required for each AddItemRequestContainer.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ApplicationData	string	Optional	Return custom, application-specific data associated with the item. The data you specify is stored by eBay with the item for your own reference, but it is not used by eBay in any way. Use ApplicationData to store special information for yourself, such as a part number. For a SKU in an eBay.com listing, use the SKU element instead. To remove this value when revising or relisting an item, use DeletedField. Max length: 32.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .AutoPay	boolean	Optional	This field is included and set to if `true` in an Add/Revise/Relist call if the seller wants to require immediate payment from the buyer. If this field is set to `false` or not included, the seller is not requesting immediate payment. Note that this field may be set to `true`, but that does not necessarily mean that the buyer will be required to pay right away. For example, immediate payment is not currently applicable to auctions items won in a competitive bidding process or to items where the buyer and seller negotiated the price through the Best Offer feature. Immediate payment is also not applicable to listings where the payment happens offline between the buyer and seller. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .BestOfferDetails	BestOfferDetailsType	Optional	For Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls: This container is used to enable the Best Offer feature on a listing. Note that the Best Offer feature can be set for auction listings on the US, Canada, UK, Germany, Australia, France, Italy, and Spain marketplaces, but a seller can only use Best Offer or Buy It Now, but not both. Once an auction listing receives a qualifying bid, the Best Offer feature will be turned off and any pending Best Offers or Counteroffers will no longer be valid. For GetItem and other calls that retrieve item data, this container will include the status (GetMyeBayBuying only) and dollar amount of the latest Best Offer on a fixed-price listing, and the number of Best Offers received for the fixed-price listing. Note: Best Offer is not available for multi-variation listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .BestOfferDetails .BestOfferEnabled	boolean	Optional	This field indicates whether or not the Best Offer feature is enabled for the listing. A seller can enable the Best Offer feature for a listing as long as the category supports the Best Offer feature. To see if an eBay category supports the Best Offer feature, run a GetCategoryFeatures call, including `BestOfferEnabled` as a FeatureID value in the call request payload. A listing enabled with the Best Offer feature allows a buyer to bargain with the seller and make a lower-priced offer than the fixed price or the starting bid price for an auction listing. The seller can then decide whether to accept the buyer's Best Offer price or propose a counter offer higher than the Best Offer price, but lower than the fixed price or starting bid price. Note: The Best Offer feature is now available for auction listings on the following sites: US, Canada, UK, Germany, Australia, France, Italy, and Spain. However, sellers must choose between offering Best Offer or Buy It Now on an auction listing, as both features cannot be enabled on the same auction listing. If an auction listing is enabled with Best Offer, this feature will no longer be applicable once the listing receives its first qualifying bid. Note: Best Offer is not available for multi-variation listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .BuyerResponsibleForShipping	boolean	Optional	Applicable for listings in vehicle categories on the US eBay Motors site and eBay Canada site. (No business effect if specified for other categories or sites, as the Web site will not display the information to buyers.) If `true`, the buyer is responsible for vehicle pickup or shipping. If `false`, specify vehicle shipping arrangements in the item description. (The description can also include vehicle shipping arrangements when this value is `true`.) If the item has bids or ends within 12 hours, you cannot modify this flag. Do not specify ShippingDetails.ShippingServiceOptions for vehicle listings. If `true` and the listing is on the US eBay Motors site, and you want the listing to be visible on the eBay Canada site, set Item.ShipToLocations to CA. If `true` and the listing is on the eBay Canada site, and you want your listing to be visible on the US eBay Motors site, set Item.ShipToLocations to US. Default: true.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .BuyItNowPrice	AmountType (double)	Optional	This field is only applicable for auction listings. By specifying a 'Buy It Now' price, a seller is allowing prospective buyers the opportunity to purchase the item in the auction listing at this price immediately. When a buyer uses the 'Buy It Now' option to purchase the item, the auction listing will end immediately. By including this field and specifying a 'Buy It Now' price, the seller is enabling the 'Buy It Now' feature on the auction listing. If the seller includes this field for any other listing type other than an auction, this field and its price will just be ignored. The price in this field must be at least 30 percent higher than the starting bid price (which is specified in an Add call through the Item.StartPrice field). Once a bid is made on an auction listing, and the bid meets or exceeds the Item.ReservePrice value (if set), the 'Buy It Now' option becomes unavailable, and this field will no longer be applicable. If there is no Reserve Price, the first bid will nullify the 'Buy It Now' option. Keep in mind that GetItem (and other 'Get' calls that retrieve the Item details) may still return the BuyItNowPrice field for an auction item even if the 'Buy It Now' option is no longer available. Instead, a user should look for the ListingDetails.BuyItNowAvailable boolean field in the GetItem response to determine if the 'Buy It Now' option is still available for the auction item. Note: For the US site, new eBay sellers are subject to Seller Limits, which limit the quantity of items that may be listed and/or the total cumulative value of these listings. While subject to these selling limits, an eBay seller can use the GetMyeBaySelling call to retrieve both the remaining number of listings they can create and the remaining cumulative value of these listings. These values are shown in the Summary.QuantityLimitRemaining and Summary.AmountLimitRemaining fields in the GetMyeBaySelling response. If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. These fields will only be returned if the seller is subject to seller limits.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .BuyItNowPrice [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This field is only applicable for auction listings. By specifying a 'Buy It Now' price, a seller is allowing prospective buyers the opportunity to purchase the item in the auction listing at this price immediately. When a buyer uses the 'Buy It Now' option to purchase the item, the auction listing will end immediately. By including this field and specifying a 'Buy It Now' price, the seller is enabling the 'Buy It Now' feature on the auction listing. If the seller includes this field for any other listing type other than an auction, this field and its price will just be ignored. The price in this field must be at least 30 percent higher than the starting bid price (which is specified in an Add call through the Item.StartPrice field). Once a bid is made on an auction listing, and the bid meets or exceeds the Item.ReservePrice value (if set), the 'Buy It Now' option becomes unavailable, and this field will no longer be applicable. If there is no Reserve Price, the first bid will nullify the 'Buy It Now' option. Keep in mind that GetItem (and other 'Get' calls that retrieve the Item details) may still return the BuyItNowPrice field for an auction item even if the 'Buy It Now' option is no longer available. Instead, a user should look for the ListingDetails.BuyItNowAvailable boolean field in the GetItem response to determine if the 'Buy It Now' option is still available for the auction item. Note: For the US site, new eBay sellers are subject to Seller Limits, which limit the quantity of items that may be listed and/or the total cumulative value of these listings. While subject to these selling limits, an eBay seller can use the GetMyeBaySelling call to retrieve both the remaining number of listings they can create and the remaining cumulative value of these listings. These values are shown in the Summary.QuantityLimitRemaining and Summary.AmountLimitRemaining fields in the GetMyeBaySelling response. If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. These fields will only be returned if the seller is subject to seller limits. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CategoryMappingAllowed	boolean	Optional	Note: This field's value now defaults to `true` if this field is omitted. Previously, the default value was `false`, so a user had to include this field and set it to `true` in order for eBay to map an outdated Primary or Secondary Category ID to the updated Category ID. This boolean field controls whether or not eBay automatically maps outdated Category ID(s) specified in a PrimaryCategory and/or SecondaryCategory container(s) to the updatd Category ID(s) no longer exists in the current category structure: If you pass a value of `true` in CategoryMappingAllowed or just omit the field, eBay will look up the current Category ID(s) that have replaced the specified Category ID(s). If you pass a value of `false`, eBay will not do any mapping, and the call may fail if specified Category ID(s) are no longer valid IDs for a eBay leaf category. The new Category ID(s) will be returned in the CategoryID and Category2ID fields (if secondary category is used) of the Add/Revise/Relist call response. Default: true. See Maintaining Category Data.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Charity	CharityType	Optional	This container identifies the nonprofit organization that will benefit with a percentage of the proceeds from each sale of an item through an auction or fixed-price listing. Charity names and IDs can be found by going to eBay for Charity page and doing a search. The donation percentage can be set in 5 percent increments from 10 percent to 100 percent. When it comes to revising an auction or fixed-price listing, you can add a benefitting charity (as long as there is at least 12 hours left before end of listing/close of auction), but you cannot remove or change a nonprofit company once one is already established in the original listing. For Revise calls: The non-profit organization and donation percentage can now be modified in a Revise call as long as there are no active bids on an auction listing, or no pending Best Offers/Counter Offers on a listing. This container will only be returned in Get calls for charitable listings. Charitable listings are only supported in the US and UK marketplaces. See: Buying and selling on eBay to benefit nonprofit organizations Charitable listings
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Charity.CharityID	string	Conditional	The unique identifier that eBay creates and assigns to each nonprofit organization. The field is conditionally required in an Add/Revise/Relist call if the seller will be donating a percentage of the sale proceeds to this organization for each sale generated by the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Charity.DonationPercent	float	Conditional	The percentage of the purchase price that the seller chooses to donate to the selected nonprofit organization. This percentage is displayed in the eBay for Charity listing. Possible values: 10.0 to 100.0. Percentages must increment by 5.0. Minimum donation percentages may be required for eBay for Charity listings, see Selling to benefit nonprofit organizations for details. The DonationPercent field is required in an Add/Revise/Relist call if the seller will be donating a percentage of the sale proceeds for each sale generated by the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescription	string	Conditional	This string field is used by the seller to more clearly describe the condition of items that are not brand new. The ConditionDescription field is available for all categories, including categories where the condition type is not applicable (e.g., Antiques). This field is applicable for all item conditions except 'New', 'Brand New', 'New with tags', and 'New in box'. If ConditionDescription is used with these conditions (Condition IDs 1000-1499), eBay will simply ignore this field if included, and eBay will return a warning message to the user. The ConditionDescription field is returned by GetItem (and other related calls that return the Item object) if a condition description is specified in the listing. Note: This field should not be included if ConditionDescriptors are being used. If it is used, a warning will be triggered and the field will be dropped from the listing. Max length: 1000.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescriptors	ConditionDescriptorsType	Conditional	This container is used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify listing calls to designate the condition descriptors for the listing. It is also returned in GetItem to indicate the condition descriptors applied to the listing. Important: For trading card listings in Non-Sport Trading Card Singles (`183050`), CCG Individual Cards (`183454`), and Sports Trading Card Singles (`261328`) categories, Condition ID 2750 can be used to specify the card as a Graded card and Condition ID 4000 can be used to specify the card as an Ungraded card. If either of these condition IDs are used, the seller is required to use the ConditionDescriptors container to provide one or more applicable Condition Descriptor name-value pairs. Beginning on October 23rd, 2023, trading card listings in the affected categories must either use Condition ID 2750 or Condition ID 4000, and no other item conditions will be accepted. These Condition IDs and the ConditionDescriptors container will be required for all new listings. If not provided after this date, the following calls will fail: AddItem, AddFixedPriceItem, AddItems, VerifyAddItem, and VerifyAddFixedPriceItem. By January 22, 2024, all existing listings must be modified with either Condition ID 2750 or Condition ID 4000 and applicable ConditionDescriptors name-value pairs. This adds ReviseItem, ReviseFixedPriceItem, RelistItem, RelistFixedPriceItem, and VerifyRelistItem calls to the requirement.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescriptors .ConditionDescriptor	ConditionDescriptorType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	This container is used by the seller to provide additional information about the condition of an item in a structured format. Condition descriptors are name-value attributes that can be either closed set or open text inputs. To retrieve all condition descriptor numeric IDs for a category, use the getItemConditionPolicies method of the Metadata API. Note: The use of Condition Descriptors is currently only available for the following trading card categories (CategoryID): Non-Sport Trading Card Singles (`183050`) CCG Individual Cards (`183454`) Sports Trading Card Singles (`261328`)
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescriptors .ConditionDescriptor .AdditionalInfo	string	Conditional	Open text is passed in this field. This text provides additional information about a condition descriptor. In the case of trading cards, this field houses the optional Certification Number condition descriptor for graded cards. Max length: 30.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescriptors .ConditionDescriptor.Name	string	Conditional	A numeric ID is passed in this field. This numeric ID maps to the name of a condition descriptor. Condition descriptor name-value pairs provide more information about an item's condition in a structured way. To retrieve all condition descriptor numeric IDs for a category, use the getItemConditionPolicies method of the Metadata API. In the case of trading cards, this field is used to provide condition descriptors for a card. For graded cards, the condition descriptors for Grader and Grade are required, while the condition descriptor for Certification Number is optional. For ungraded cards, only the Card Condition condition descriptor is required.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionDescriptors .ConditionDescriptor.Value	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	A numeric ID is passed in this field. This numeric ID maps to the value associated with a condition descriptor name. Condition descriptor name-value pairs provide more information about an item's condition in a structured way. To retrieve all condition descriptor numeric IDs for a category, use the getItemConditionPolicies method of the Metadata API. In the case of trading cards, this field houses the information on the Grader and Grade descriptors of graded cards and the Card Condition descriptor for ungraded cards.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ConditionID	int	Conditional	This is a numeric identifier for an item's condition. All numeric Condition ID values map to an item condition string value. For example, numeric identifier `1000` maps to `New` condition. Important: For trading card listings in Non-Sport Trading Card Singles (`183050`), CCG Individual Cards (`183454`), and Sports Trading Card Singles (`261328`) categories, Condition ID 2750 can be used to specify the card as a Graded card and Condition ID 4000 can be used to specify the card as an Ungraded card. If either of these condition IDs are used, the seller is required to use the ConditionDescriptors container to provide one or more applicable Condition Descriptor name-value pairs. See the ConditionDescriptors field description for more information. Beginning on October 23rd, 2023, trading card listings in the affected categories must either use Condition ID 2750 or Condition ID 4000, and no other item conditions will be accepted. These Condition IDs and the ConditionDescriptors container will be required for all new listings. If not provided after this date, the following calls will fail: AddItem, AddFixedPriceItem, AddItems, VerifyAddItem, and VerifyAddFixedPriceItem. By January 22, 2024, all existing listings must be modified with either Condition ID 2750 or Condition ID 4000 and applicable ConditionDescriptors name-value pairs. This adds ReviseItem, ReviseFixedPriceItem, RelistItem, RelistFixedPriceItem, and VerifyRelistItem calls to the requirement. Most eBay listing categories require an item condition, but a few eBay categories do not (such as Digital Gift Cards or Antiques categories). To verify if the listing category requires an item condition, and if so, what are the supported item condition and ConditionID values, you can call GetCategoryFeatures. In this GetCategoryFeatures call, you'd pass in the listing CategoryID value and two FeatureID fields - one of these fields set to `ConditionEnabled`, and the other field set to `ConditionValues`. In the GetCategoryFeatures response, look at the Category.ConditionEnabled to see if item condition is required for the category. Then look at the Category.ConditionValues container in the response for the full list of Condition IDs that you can pass in through the ConditionID field of an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call. Note that the Condition.DisplayName value in the response is the actual condition value that will appear in the actual eBay listing. If you pass in a ConditionID value that is not valid for the category, or if you don't pass in a ConditionID value at all for a category that requires it, the listing request fails. If you are listing in two categories (using a secondary category), it is the primary listing category that determines which ConditionID values are supported. For Revise/Relist calls: In most cases, you can change the ConditionID value (if applicable/warranted), with the exception being an auction listing that has one or more bids, or any listing that is scheduled to end in 12 hours or less. For GetItem: The ConditionID value is always returned if set for the listing. GetItem also returns the item condition string value in the ConditionDisplayName field. Note: On the US, Canada, UK, Germany, France, Italy, and Australia marketplaces, condition ID 2500 ('Seller Refurbished') can no longer be used in numerous categories. See Category and marketplace support for the eBay Refurbished Program for the full list. In these categories, the 'Seller Refurbished' item condition has been replaced by one of three new refurbished values, which include condition ID 2010 ('Excellent - Refurbished'), condition ID 2020 ('Very Good - Refurbished'), and condition ID 2030 ('Good - Refurbished'). To use any of these new refurbished item conditions, sellers must go through an application and qualification process. Any seller who is not eligible to use these new refurbished item conditions in these three categories will be blocked if they try to create a new listing or revise an existing listing with any of these three new item conditions. Sellers who are not eligible to list with the new refurbished item conditions, will need to use another item condition supported in these categories, such as condition ID 3000 ('Used'). Any seller that is interested in eligibility requirements to list with any refurbished item condition, including condition ID 2000 ('Certified - Refurbished'), should see the eBay Refurbished Program page in Seller Center. Note: This field will stop being returned in order management calls on January 31, 2024. See: Item conditions ConditionValues in GetCategoryFeatures Item Condition Look-up Table (and Automatic Mapping)
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Country	CountryCodeType	Required	This two-digit enumeration value indicates the country where the item is located. CountryCodeType defines the supported values. The GeteBayDetails call can also be used (include the DetailName field and set its value to CountryDetails) to see the full list of supported country codes. In an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call, this field is required. Applicable values: See Country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CrossBorderTrade	string	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	This field is used by sellers who want their listing to be returned in the search results for other eBay sites. This feature is currently only supported by the US, UK, eBay Canada, and eBay Ireland sites. See Getting exposure on international sites for full requirements on using this feature. There is a small listing fee for each country specified as a Cross Border Trade country. US listings that offer shipping to Canada, North America, or worldwide are automatically returned on eBay.ca at no extra charge, so US listings that offer shipping to these locations do not need to specify Canada as a Cross Border Trade country. See Cross-border trading.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Currency	CurrencyCodeType	Required	In an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call, this required three-digit enumeration value defines the currency associated with the listing site. The item price and all costs passed in the call request will be using this currency. Similarly, the listing fees and other cost-related data will be using this currency. Since the Trading API can only be used for a select number of eBay sites, only a subset of values are supporting when adding/revising/relisting an item. These supported values are discussed in the top section of CurrencyCodeType. In 'Get' calls, it is possible that any of the values in CurrencyCodeType may appear, as some cost-related fields will show the buyer's currency type. Applicable values: See Currency.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies	CustomPoliciesType	Optional	This container is used to apply one or more custom policies to the listing by specifying custom policy IDs. Custom policies include Product Compliance and Take-Back Policies. For more information, see the Custom Policies page for your site (for example, https://www.ebay.fr/help/selling/custom-policies/custom-policies?id=5311). This container is supported by a limited number of sites and specific categories. Use the getExtendedProducerResponsibilityPolicies method of the Sell Metadata API to retrieve valid categories for a site. To create and manage custom policies, use the custom_policy resource of the Account API.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .ProductCompliancePolicyID	long	Optional, repeatable: [0..5]	This field is used if the seller wants to apply one or more seller-created global product compliance policies that will be used in a listing. A separate ProductCompliancePolicyID field is required for each policy to be applied, and the seller specifies the identifier of each policy in this field. Product compliance policies provide buyers with important information and disclosures about products. For example, if you sell batteries and specific disclosures are required to be shared with all potential buyers, your global product compliance policy could contain the required disclosures. A maximum of six (6) global product compliance policies may be applied to each listing. Note: For countries that support country-specific policies, use RegionalProductCompliancePolicies to apply them to a listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalProductCompliancePolicies	CountryPoliciesArrayType	Optional	The set of compliance policies for indicating the seller-created country-specific product compliance policies that that will be used for a listing. Product compliance policies provide buyers with important information and disclosures about products. For example, if you sell batteries in a country requiring disclosures that apply only to that country, a country-specific product compliance policy could contain this information. Each listing may include up to six (6) product compliance policies for each of the following countries: United Kingdom [GB] Germany [DE] France [FR] Italy [IT] Spain [ES] For example, if a seller offers products in the UK, Germany, and Italy, each of which requires custom product compliance information, up to 18 policies (in other words, 6 policies x 3 countries) may be included for each listing. Note: Product compliance policies that apply to all countries to which a seller ships are specified using ProductCompliancePolicyID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalProductCompliancePolicies .CountryPolicies	CountryPoliciesType	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Contains a country and the custom policy/policies for that country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalProductCompliancePolicies .CountryPolicies.Country	CountryCodeType	Optional	Defines the 2-letter country code set. Use the GeteBayDetails call to see the list of currently supported codes, and the English names associated with each code (e.g., KY="Cayman Islands"). Most of the codes that eBay uses conform to the ISO 3166 standard, but some of the codes in the ISO 3166 standard are not used by eBay. Plus, there are some non-ISO codes in the eBay list. (Additional codes appear at the end of this code list and are noted as non-ISO.) Applicable values: See Country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalProductCompliancePolicies .CountryPolicies.PolicyID	long	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	The policy Id specifying product compliance or take-back policy information.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalTakeBackPolicies	CountryPoliciesArrayType	Optional	The list of unique identifiers indicating the seller-created take-back policies that will be used for a listing. The law in some countries may require sellers to take back a used product when the buyer buys a new product. Each listing may include one (1) country-specific take-back policy for each of the following countries: United Kingdom [GB] Germany [DE] France [FR] Italy [IT] Spain [ES] Note: Take-back policies that apply to all countries to which a seller ships are specified using TakeBackPolicyID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalTakeBackPolicies .CountryPolicies	CountryPoliciesType	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Contains a country and the custom policy/policies for that country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalTakeBackPolicies .CountryPolicies.Country	CountryCodeType	Optional	Defines the 2-letter country code set. Use the GeteBayDetails call to see the list of currently supported codes, and the English names associated with each code (e.g., KY="Cayman Islands"). Most of the codes that eBay uses conform to the ISO 3166 standard, but some of the codes in the ISO 3166 standard are not used by eBay. Plus, there are some non-ISO codes in the eBay list. (Additional codes appear at the end of this code list and are noted as non-ISO.) Applicable values: See Country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .RegionalTakeBackPolicies .CountryPolicies.PolicyID	long	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	The policy Id specifying product compliance or take-back policy information.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .CustomPolicies .TakeBackPolicyID	long	Optional	This field is used if the seller wants to apply a global take-back policy to the listing. The law in some countries may require sellers to take back a used product when the buyer buys a new product. Use this field to specify one global take-back policy ID for the listing. Note: For countries that support country-specific policies, use RegionalTakeBackPolicies to apply them to a listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Description	string	Conditional	The seller's description of the item. In listing requests, you can submit your description using CDATA if you want to use HTML or XML-reserved characters in the description. However, a seller can not use any active content in their listing description. Active content includes animation or video via JavaScript, Flash, plug-ins, or form actions. All active content will be blocked/removed from a listing. Removing/blocking active content will lead to faster load times of listings, make listings more mobile-friendly, improve SEO performance, and lead to a more secure eBay Marketplace. Note: To ensure that a listing description is optimized to be viewed on a mobile devices, see Mobile device optimization in the Trading User Guide. Note that the mobile-friendly description snippet feature described in this topic is currently only available in the following eBay marketplaces: US, UK, Australia, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and eBay Motors. In the listing description, sellers are only allowed to provide links to product videos, freight shipping services, or other legally required information, and when providing these links in the listing description, the secure 'https' protocol must be used instead of 'http'. In addition, any valid links to sites outside of eBay should use the target="_blank" attribute in the a href tag so a new browser window will be loaded when the link is clicked instead of buyers being redirected off of eBay. For more information on using links in the listing description, see eBay's Links policy. For more information about the stronger security standards that eBay is using, see the Use secure HTTPS for enhanced browser security topic in the 2018 Fall Seller Update. The getListingViolations method of the Compliance API can be used to see if any of the seller's active listings are not 'HTTPS' compliant. If you embed pictures in the description (by using IMG tags) instead of using PictureURL, but you want a camera icon to appear in search and listing pages, specify the following null-image URL in the PictureURL field: https://pics.ebay.com/aw/pics/dot_clear.gif. See Add pictures in the Trading API User Guide. This field is conditionally required for all listings. The exception is when the seller specifies a product identifier, such as a GTIN or ePID, through the ProductListingDetails container and a product match is found in the eBay product catalog. If a matching product is found in the eBay product catalog, the item description will be created automatically (as long as the ProductListingDetails.IncludeeBayProductDetails value is `true`). Max length: 500000 (some sites may allow more, but the exact number may vary). See IncludeeBayProductDetails.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .DigitalGoodInfo	DigitalGoodInfoType	Optional	This container is used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify listing calls to designate the listing as a digital gift card listing. It is also returned in GetItem to indicate that the listing contains a digital gift card.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .DigitalGoodInfo .DigitalDelivery	boolean	Optional	This field must be included in the request and set to `true` if the seller plans to list a digital gift card in a category that supports digital gift cards. To verify if a specific category on a specific eBay site supports digital gift card listings, use the GetCategoryFeatures call, passing in a CategoryID value and a DigitalGoodDeliveryEnabled value in the FeatureID field. Look for a `true` value in the DigitalGoodDeliveryEnabled field of the corresponding Category node (match up the CategoryID values if more than one Category IDs were passed in the request).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .DisableBuyerRequirements	boolean	Optional	This field can be included and set to `true` in an Add or Revise call if the seller wishes to disable all buyer requirements (that are set in the seller's account) for the listing. (from Item.BuyerRequirementDetails or Buyer requirements preferences in My eBay) are ignored. This field will only be returned in 'Get' calls if `true`. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .DispatchTimeMax	int	Conditional	Specifies the maximum number of business days the seller commits to for preparing an item to be shipped after receiving a cleared payment. This time does not include the shipping time (the carrier's transit time). Note: If the seller opts into the eBay Guaranteed Delivery feature and wants to make a listing eligible for eBay Guaranteed Delivery, the DispatchTimeMax value must be set to `0` or `1` (days) and the cumulative value of DispatchTimeMax plus the transit time of the shipping service (returned in ShippingServiceDetails.ShippingTimeMax field of GeteBayDetails) must be 4 business days or less to be eligible for this feature. See the eBay Guaranteed Delivery page in Seller Center for more information on this program. The eBay Guaranteed Delivery feature is only available on the US and Australia marketplaces. For Add/Revise/Relist calls: Required for listings in certain categories when certain shipping services (with delivery) are offered. See HandlingTimeEnabled in GetCategoryFeatures. The seller sets this to a positive integer value corresponding to the number of 'handling' days. For a list of allowed values on each eBay site, use DispatchTimeMaxDetails in GeteBayDetails. Supported handling times for most sites in most categories range from 0 (same-day handling) to 3 business days, but this can vary by site. Some categories on some sites support longer handling times, and this generally comes into play with extremely large items where freight shipping may be required. This field is required whenever flat-rate or calculated shipping is used, but does not apply when there is no shipping involved, which is the case for digital gift card listings, or any orders where local pickup is available and this option is selected by the buyer. For ReviseItem only: If the listing has bids or sales and it ends within 12 hours, you can't change this value. If the listing is a GTC listing that has sales or ends within 12 hours (one or the other, but not both), you can add or change this value. If the listing has no bids or sales and more than 12 hours remain before the listing ends, you can add or change the dispatch (handling) time. For GetItem: GetItem returns DispatchTimeMax only when shipping service options are specified for the item and the seller specified a dispatch time. See: Handling time (GetCategoryFeatures) Category.HandlingTimeEnabled for categories that support handling times
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .eBayPlus	boolean	Optional	eBay Plus is a premium account option for buyers, which provides benefits such as fast and free domestic shipping, and free returns on selected items. To offer this feature to buyers, sellers must opt in to eBay Plus, and their selling status must be 'Above Standard' or above. Note: Currently, eBay Plus is only available to buyers on the Germany and Australia marketplaces, and this field should only be used by sellers selling eligible items in Germany. In Australia, the seller has no control/responsibility over setting the eBay Plus feature for a listing. Instead, eBay will evaluate/determine whether a listing is eligible for eBay Plus. Due to this fact, an Australian seller will also get the `21919431: This listing isn't eligible for eBay Plus.` warning message in an add/revise/relist call, even though eBay may ultimately set the eBay Plus feature on the listing if the item is eligible. In an add/revise/relist call, a seller on the Germany site must include this field and set its value to `true`. If the seller is not eligible for/opted in to eBay Plus and/or the listing category or item does not qualify for eBay Plus, a warning message will be returned to the seller in the response indicating this. In addition to the seller, listing category, and item being eligible for eBay Plus, the seller must also set/commit to the following for the listing: Listing format must be fixed-price. Same-day or one-day handling (DispatchTimeMax set to `0` or `1`). A free, next-day shipping option offered. A return policy that offers a 30-day (or longer) return period. If this field is returned as `true` in a 'Get' call, it indicates that the item is eligible for eBay Plus treatment, but eBay Plus will only come into play if the buyer is subscribed to eBay Plus. See: Bay Plus for more details Selling with eBay Plus (Australia help page)
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedProducerResponsibility	ExtendedProducerResponsibilityType	Optional	This container is used to provide the eco-participation fee for a product. Use the getExtendedProducerResponsibilityPolicies method of the Sell Metadata API to retrieve categories that support eco-participation fee for a specified marketplace." For GetItem calls, this container is only returned to the listing owner, if the container is available.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedProducerResponsibility .EcoParticipationFee	AmountType (double)	Optional	This is the fee paid for new items to the eco-organization (for example, "eco-organisme" in France). It is a contribution to the financing of the elimination of the item responsibly. For multiple-variation listings, the EcoParticipationFee in the VariationExtendedProducerResponsibility container is used for each variation in the listing, and not the EcoParticipationFee in the ExtendedProducerResponsibility container. Min: 0.0.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedProducerResponsibility .EcoParticipationFee [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This is the fee paid for new items to the eco-organization (for example, "eco-organisme" in France). It is a contribution to the financing of the elimination of the item responsibly. For multiple-variation listings, the EcoParticipationFee in the VariationExtendedProducerResponsibility container is used for each variation in the listing, and not the EcoParticipationFee in the ExtendedProducerResponsibility container. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails	ExtendedContactDetailsType	Optional	Extended contact information for sellers using the Classified Ad format. Specifies the days and hours when the seller can be contacted. To remove seller contact information when revising or relisting an item, use DeletedField.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ClassifiedAdContactByEmailEnabled	boolean	Optional	A value of `true` in this field indicates that potential buyers can contact the seller of the Classified Ad listing by email.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails	ContactHoursDetailsType	Optional	This containers consists of fields that allows the seller of a Classified Ad listing to tell potential buyers what days and times they may be contacted to inquire about the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours1AnyTime	boolean	Optional	Indicates whether or not a user is available to be contacted 24 hours a day during the range of days specified using the Hours1Days element. True indicates the user is available 24 hours a day, false indicates otherwise. In the case of this field being true, all values provided for Hours1From and Hours1To will be ignored. In the case of this field being false, the values provided Hours1From and Hours1To will be considered.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours1Days	DaysCodeType	Optional	Indicates the range of days for which the primary contact hours specified by Hours1AnyTime or Hours1From and Hours1To apply. If a value of None is provided for this field, the values provided for Hours1AnyTime, Hours1From, Hours1To are ignored. Applicable values: CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use. EveryDay (in/out) Seller can be contacted any day during the specified contact hours. None (in/out) Seller does not want to be contacted. Contact hours will not be supported for any days. If contact hours are specified, they will be ignored. Weekdays (in/out) Seller can be contacted Monday through Friday during the specified contact hours. Weekends (in/out) Seller can be contacted Saturday or Sunday during the specified contact hours.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours1From	time	Optional	Indicates the starting time of day this eBay user is available for other eBay members to contact for the range of days specified using Hours1Days. Enter times in 30 minute increments from the top of the hour. That is, enter values either on the hour (:00) or 30 minutes past the hour (:30). Other values will be will be rounded down to the next closest 30 minute increment. Times entered should be local to the value provided for TimeZoneID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails.Hours1To	time	Optional	Indicates the ending time of day this eBay user is available for other eBay members to contact them for the range of days specified using Hours1Days. Enter times in 30 minute increments from the top of the hour. That is, enter values either on the hour (:00) or 30 minutes past the hour (:30). Other values will be will be rounded down to the next closest 30 minute increment. Times entered should be local to the value provided for TimeZoneID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours2AnyTime	boolean	Optional	Indicates whether or not a user is available to be contacted 24 hours a day during the range of days specified using the Hours2Days element. True indicates the user is available 24 hours a day, false indicates otherwise. In the case of this field being true, all values provided for Hours2From and Hours2To will be ignored. In the case of this field being false, the values provided Hours2From and Hours2To will be considered.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours2Days	DaysCodeType	Optional	Indicates the range of days for which the secondary contact hours specified by Hours2AnyTime or Hours2From and Hours2To apply. If a value of None is provided for this field, the values provided for Hours2AnyTime, Hours2From, Hours2To are ignored. Note: You cannot set Hours2Days to EveryDay. If Hours1Days is set to EveryDay, secondary contact hours do not apply. Hours2Days cannot be set to the same value as Hours1Days. Applicable values: CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use. EveryDay (in/out) Seller can be contacted any day during the specified contact hours. None (in/out) Seller does not want to be contacted. Contact hours will not be supported for any days. If contact hours are specified, they will be ignored. Weekdays (in/out) Seller can be contacted Monday through Friday during the specified contact hours. Weekends (in/out) Seller can be contacted Saturday or Sunday during the specified contact hours.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .Hours2From	time	Optional	Indicates the starting time of day this eBay user is available for other eBay members to contact for the range of days specified using Hours2Days. Enter times in 30 minute increments from the top of the hour. That is, enter values either on the hour (:00) or 30 minutes past the hour (:30). Other values will be will be rounded down to the next closest 30 minute increment. Times entered should be local to the value provided for TimeZoneID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails.Hours2To	time	Optional	Indicates the ending time of day this eBay user is available for other eBay members to contact them for the range of days specified using Hours1Days. Enter times in 30 minute increments from the top of the hour. That is, enter values either on the hour (:00) or 30 minutes past the hour (:30). Other values will be will be rounded down to the next closest 30 minute increment. Times entered should be local to the value provided for TimeZoneID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ExtendedSellerContactDetails .ContactHoursDetails .TimeZoneID	string	Optional	Indicates the local time zone of the values provided for Hours1From/Hours1To and Hours2From/Hours2To. If you specify a contact hours time range with Hours1From and Hours1To, you must provide a local time zone. To retrieve a complete list of the TimeZoneID values supported by eBay, call GeteBayDetails with DetailName set to TimeZoneDetails.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList	ItemCompatibilityListType	Optional	A list of parts compatibility information specified as name and value pairs. Describes an assembly with which a part is compatible (i.e., compatibility by application). For example, to specify a part's compatibility with a vehicle, the name (search name) would map to standard vehicle characteristics (e.g., Year, Make, Model, Trim, and Engine). The values would describe the specific vehicle, such as a 2006 Honda Accord. Use the Product Metadata API to retrieve valid search names and corresponding values. For the AddItem family of calls: Use this for specifying parts compatibility by application manually. This can only be used in categories that support parts compatibility by application. Use GetCategoryFeatures with the CompatibilityEnabled feature ID to determine which categories support parts compatibility by application. For ReviseFixedPriceItem and ReviseItem: When you revise a listing, if the listing has bids and/or ends within 12 hours, item compatibilities cannot be deleted. You may add item compatibilities at any time. For GetItem: ItemCompatibilityList is only returned if the seller included item compatibility in the listing and IncludeItemCompatibilityList is set to `true` in the GetItem request. See: Product Metadata API Call Reference for information on retrieving compatibility search names and corresponding values needed to specify compatibility by application manually Parts and accessories
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList .Compatibility	ItemCompatibilityType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	Details for an individual compatible application, consisting of the name-value pair and related parts compatibility notes. When revising or relisting, the Delete field can be used to delete individual parts compatibility nodes. Note: For the GetItem call, Compatibility includes only parts compatibility details that were specified manually; that is, they do not correspond to an eBay catalog product. To retrieve parts compatibility details that do correspond to eBay catalog products, use the eBay Product API's getProductCompatibilities call.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList .Compatibility .CompatibilityNotes	string	Conditional	The seller may optionally enter any notes pertaining to the parts compatibility being specified. Use this field to specify the placement of the part on a vehicle or the type of vehicle a part fits.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList .Compatibility.NameValueList	NameValueListType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	A name-value pair describing a single compatible application. The allowed names and values are specific to the primary category in which the item is listed. For example, when listing in a Parts & Accessories category, where the applications are vehicles, the allowed names might include Year, Make, and Model, and the values would correspond to specific vehicles in eBay's catalog. For details and examples, see Specify parts compatibility manually. The eBay Germany, UK, France, Italy, Spain, and Australia sites support the use of K type vehicle numbers to specify vehicle parts compatibility. To use a K type number, set the Name field to "`KType`" and set the corresponding Value field to the appropriate K type number. The DE and UK eBay sites also support the use of an eBay Product ID (or ePID) number/value pair to specify motorcycle and scooter parts compatibility (currently, only DE supports scooter parts compatibily). To use an ePID number to specify part compatibilities, set the Name field to "`ePID`" and the corresponding Value field to the ePID number that matches the motorcycle for the part(s) you are listing. Motorcycle ePID numbers are provided by the Master Motorcycle List (MML) file, which contains the ePID numbers and their associated vehicle mappings). For motorcycles, an ePID number contains the vehicle make, model, CCM, year, and submodel data. Please use the following links to obtain the DE and UK MML data files: - DE seller help page: http://verkaeuferportal.ebay.de/fahrzeugteile-und-zubehoer-optimal-einstellen - UK seller help page: http://pages.ebay.co.uk/help/sell/contextual/master-motorcycle-list-manually.html See Product Metadata API Call Reference for information on retrieving parts compatibility search names and corresponding values needed to specify compatibility by application manually.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList .Compatibility.NameValueList .Name	string	Optional	Depending on the call and context, this value is either a name of an Item/Variation Specific, or a Parts Compatibility name. For the AddItem and AddFixedPriceItem families of calls: In the Item.ItemSpecifics context, the value in this field will either be the name of a required/recommended/optional item specific name for the category, or it may be a seller's customized item specific name. For the AddFixedPriceItem family of calls: In the Compatibility.NameValueList context, this value is a motor vehicle aspect such as Year, Make, and Model. A Compatibility.NameValueList container is applicable for motor vehicle parts and accessories listings. For PlaceOffer: Required if the line item being purchased is an item variation within a multiple-variation listing. Note: For required and recommended item specifics that are returned in the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API, the seller should pass in the name of these item specifics just as they are shown in the getItemAspectsForCategory response. Similarly, for catalog-enabled categories, the seller should pass in the name of instance aspects just as they are shown in the getItemAspectsForCategory response. Instance aspects are additional details unique to a specific item or listing that a seller can include along with the product aspects that are already defined in the eBay catalog product associated with the listing. Instance aspects common to many catalog-enabled categories include 'Bundle Description' and 'Modification Description'. eBay US sellers who ship to California are required to pass in a 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific if the item in the listing contains one or more chemicals known to be harmful to human health. This item specific is passed at the listing level for both single-variation and multiple-variation listings. The 'California Prop 65 Warning' is considered an instance specific because it will be retained on the listing even when the seller lists using an eBay catalog product. The 'California Prop 65 Warning' may be applicable in most eBay US categories, including eBay Motors, Motors Parts & Accessories, and catalog-enabled categories. Note: If Brand and MPN (Manufacturer Part Number) are being used to identify product variations in a multiple-variation listing, the Brand must be specified at the item level (ItemSpecifics container) and the MPN for each product variation must be specified at the variation level (VariationSpecifics container). The Brand name must be the same for all variations within a single listing. Max length: 65.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemCompatibilityList .Compatibility.NameValueList .Value	string	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Depending on the call and context, this value is either the value of an Item/Variation Specific, a Parts Compatibility value, or a product identifier. For the AddItem family of calls: Multiple values can only be specified for an Item Specific if the itemToAspectCardinality field of the getItemAspectsForCategory method shows a value of `MULTI`. If an item specific only supports a single value, only the first item specific value specified in the request will be used. For the Compatibility.NameValueList context, this is the corresponding value of a motor vehicle aspect such as Year, Make, and Model. A Compatibility.NameValueList container is applicable for motor vehicle parts and accessories listings. For PlaceOffer: Required if the line item being purchased is an item variation within a multiple-variation listing. Note: The standard maximum length for the value of an item specific is 65, but the maximum allowed length increases for instance aspects such as 'Bundle Description' and 'Modification Description'. For item specifics with max lengths greater than 65, the actual max length will be returned in a corresponding aspectMaxLength field. The maximum allowed length for the new 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific is 800 characters. For more information about the 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific, see the ItemSpecifics.NameValueList field description. Max length: 65 (but longer for some instance aspects, including 800 for 'California Prop 65 Warning').
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemSpecifics	NameValueListArrayType	Conditional	This container is a list of Item Specific Name/Value pairs used by the seller to provide desciptive details of an item in a structured manner. If creating, revising, or relisting an item with an Add, Revise, or Relist call, it is recommended that you use the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API to retrieve mandatory and recommended Item Specifics for a category. For ReviseItem only: When you revise a listing, if an auction listing has one or more bids and ends within 12 hours, you cannot change or add Item Ppecifics. If the auction listing has bids but ends in more than 12 hours, you cannot change existing Item Specifics, but you can add Item Specifics that were not previously included. If your listing is in a eBay product catalog-enabled category, certain Name/Value pairs will be accepted as product identifying information. The Name can be `Brand`, `MPN`, or a Global Trade Item Number (GTIN). GTINs are a set of globally recognized identifiers, including `EAN`, `ISBN`, and `UPC`. However, the Values provided for these Names must comply with eBay's constraints or they will not be recognized as product identifiers. The Value for Brand must be an actual brand name (except that if the item is not branded, Value can be `Unbranded`.) The Value for Brand or MPN cannot contain only special characters (e.g. `%$#@`). All GTINs must comply with international formatting standards. For more details, see Item Specifics. If the ProductListingDetails* container in an Add/Revise/Relist call is successfully used to find and use an eBay catalog product to create/revise listing, the seller should not remove or change the value of any Item Specific name or value that is defined as part of the eBay catalog product definition. Note: If a listing is associated with an eBay catalog product, the seller does not need to pass in any Item Specifics that are already defined in the eBay catalog product. Sellers can make a call to the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API to see if the category supports any 'instance aspects', which can be thought of as Item Specifics that are unique to the specific item that is being listed. Instance aspects are indicated if the corresponding aspectApplicableTo field of the getItemAspectsForCategory response shows a value of `ITEM` (and not `PRODUCT`). Many categories support the following instance aspects: Custom Bundle, Bundle Description, Modified Item, Modification Description, and California Prop 65 Warning. These instance aspects allow the seller to provide more information about product bundles or modified products in a structured way. Depending on the category, there are other instance aspects as well. Note: To specify an item's condition, use the ConditionID field instead of a condition Item Specific. Use GetCategoryFeatures to see which categories support ConditionID and to get a list of valid condition IDs. (If you specify ConditionID and you also specify Condition as a Item Specific, eBay drops the condition Item Specific.) For GetItem: This list is returned only when you specify IncludeItemSpecifics in the request (and the seller included Item Specifics in their listing). To delete all Item Specifics when you revise or relist, specify Item.ItemSpecifics in DeletedField, and don't pass ItemSpecifics in the request. See Item Specifics.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemSpecifics.NameValueList	NameValueListType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..45]	For the AddItem family of calls: Contains the name and value(s) for an Item Specific. Only required when the ItemSpecifics container is specified. For the AddFixedPriceItem family of calls: The same NameValueList schema is used for the ItemSpecifics node, the VariationSpecifics node, and the VariationSpecifcsSet node. If the listing has variations, any name that you use in the VariationSpecifics and VariationSpecificsSet nodes can't be used in the ItemSpecifics node. When you list with Item Variations: Specify shared Item Specifics (e.g., Brand) in the ItemSpecifics node. Specify up to five VariationSpecifics in each Variation node. Specify all applicable names with all their supported values in the VariationSpecificSet node. See the Variation sample in the AddFixedPriceItem call reference for examples. For PlaceOffer: Required if the item being purchased includes Item Variations. For AddToWatchList and RemoveFromWatchList: The ItemID value of the multiple-variation listing and the name-value pair to identify each variation in the listing are required. Note: As of August 30, 2018, California will require sellers to display a Proposition 65 warning on online retail sites if products contain chemicals and/or substances that may impact the health of California buyers. This requirement is applicable to most eBay US categories, including eBay Motors, Motors Parts & Accessories, and catalog-enabled categories. The warning message can be customized by the seller, but should contain the following basic information: The name of at least one listed chemical that prompted the warning Text stating that the product 'can expose you to' the chemical(s) in the product The URL for OEHHA's new Proposition 65 warnings website, which is www.P65Warnings.ca.gov Unlike standard item specifics that allow a maximum of 65 characters in the Value field, the matching value for the 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific allows up to 800 characters of text. When a seller passes in this item specific, eBay will automatically insert a warning symbol icon for the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemSpecifics.NameValueList .Name	string	Optional	Depending on the call and context, this value is either a name of an Item/Variation Specific, or a Parts Compatibility name. For the AddItem and AddFixedPriceItem families of calls: In the Item.ItemSpecifics context, the value in this field will either be the name of a required/recommended/optional item specific name for the category, or it may be a seller's customized item specific name. For the AddFixedPriceItem family of calls: In the Compatibility.NameValueList context, this value is a motor vehicle aspect such as Year, Make, and Model. A Compatibility.NameValueList container is applicable for motor vehicle parts and accessories listings. For PlaceOffer: Required if the line item being purchased is an item variation within a multiple-variation listing. Note: For required and recommended item specifics that are returned in the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API, the seller should pass in the name of these item specifics just as they are shown in the getItemAspectsForCategory response. Similarly, for catalog-enabled categories, the seller should pass in the name of instance aspects just as they are shown in the getItemAspectsForCategory response. Instance aspects are additional details unique to a specific item or listing that a seller can include along with the product aspects that are already defined in the eBay catalog product associated with the listing. Instance aspects common to many catalog-enabled categories include 'Bundle Description' and 'Modification Description'. eBay US sellers who ship to California are required to pass in a 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific if the item in the listing contains one or more chemicals known to be harmful to human health. This item specific is passed at the listing level for both single-variation and multiple-variation listings. The 'California Prop 65 Warning' is considered an instance specific because it will be retained on the listing even when the seller lists using an eBay catalog product. The 'California Prop 65 Warning' may be applicable in most eBay US categories, including eBay Motors, Motors Parts & Accessories, and catalog-enabled categories. Note: If Brand and MPN (Manufacturer Part Number) are being used to identify product variations in a multiple-variation listing, the Brand must be specified at the item level (ItemSpecifics container) and the MPN for each product variation must be specified at the variation level (VariationSpecifics container). The Brand name must be the same for all variations within a single listing. Max length: 65.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ItemSpecifics.NameValueList .Value	string	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Depending on the call and context, this value is either the value of an Item/Variation Specific, a Parts Compatibility value, or a product identifier. For the AddItem family of calls: Multiple values can only be specified for an Item Specific if the itemToAspectCardinality field of the getItemAspectsForCategory method shows a value of `MULTI`. If an item specific only supports a single value, only the first item specific value specified in the request will be used. For the Compatibility.NameValueList context, this is the corresponding value of a motor vehicle aspect such as Year, Make, and Model. A Compatibility.NameValueList container is applicable for motor vehicle parts and accessories listings. For PlaceOffer: Required if the line item being purchased is an item variation within a multiple-variation listing. Note: The standard maximum length for the value of an item specific is 65, but the maximum allowed length increases for instance aspects such as 'Bundle Description' and 'Modification Description'. For item specifics with max lengths greater than 65, the actual max length will be returned in a corresponding aspectMaxLength field. The maximum allowed length for the new 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific is 800 characters. For more information about the 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific, see the ItemSpecifics.NameValueList field description. Max length: 65 (but longer for some instance aspects, including 800 for 'California Prop 65 Warning').
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails	ListingDetailsType	Optional	Various details about a listing, some of which are calculated or derived after the item is listed. These include the start and end time, converted (localized) prices, and certain flags that indicate whether the seller specified fields whose values are not visible to the requesting user. For GetMyeBayBuying, returned as a self-closed element if no listings meet the request criteria. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, this container is used to set the Best Offer Auto-Accept and Best Offer Auto-Decline threshold values.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails .BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice	AmountType (double)	Optional	The price at which Best Offers are automatically accepted. Similar in use to MinimumBestOfferPrice. If a buyer submits a Best Offer that is at or above this value, the offer is automatically accepted by the seller. This applies only to items listed in categories that support the BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice feature. For this setting to have an effect, the Best Offer feature must be enabled for the listing, and only the seller who listed the item will see BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice in a call response. For Revise and Relist calls: If a seller wanted to disable the Best Offer Auto-Accept and/or Best Offer Auto-Reject feature when revising or relisting an item, the full path to one or both of these two corresponding fields would be provided in a DeletedField tag, like the following: `Item.ListingDetails.BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice`
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails .BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The price at which Best Offers are automatically accepted. Similar in use to MinimumBestOfferPrice. If a buyer submits a Best Offer that is at or above this value, the offer is automatically accepted by the seller. This applies only to items listed in categories that support the BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice feature. For this setting to have an effect, the Best Offer feature must be enabled for the listing, and only the seller who listed the item will see BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice in a call response. For Revise and Relist calls: If a seller wanted to disable the Best Offer Auto-Accept and/or Best Offer Auto-Reject feature when revising or relisting an item, the full path to one or both of these two corresponding fields would be provided in a DeletedField tag, like the following: `Item.ListingDetails.BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice` For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails .LocalListingDistance	string	Conditional	This field is needed if the seller is selling a motor vehicle through a Motors Local Listing. The string value supplied in this field actually sets the radius of the area (in miles) in which the vehicle will be available and exposed to interested local buyers. The seller's supplied PostalCode or Location field value will be used as the center point for this radius. There is a closed set of radius values that can be set in this field, and it depends on the seller's subscription level. The user can call GetCategoryFeatures, including `LocalListingDistances` as a FeatureID value to retrieve the local listing distances supported by a given site, category, and Local Market subscription level.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails .MinimumBestOfferPrice	AmountType (double)	Optional	Specifies the minimum acceptable Best Offer price. If a buyer submits a Best Offer that is below this value, the offer is automatically declined. This applies only to items listed in categories that support the Best Offer auto-decline feature. In order for this setting to have an effect, Best Offer must be enabled for the listing, and this value will only be exposed to the seller who listed the item. For Revise and Relist calls: If a seller wanted to disable the Best Offer auto-accept and/or Best Offer auto-reject feature when revising or relisting an item, the full path to one or both of these two corresponding fields would be provided in a DeletedField tag, like the following: `Item.ListingDetails.MinimumBestOfferPrice` Note: This field will stop being returned in GetItemTransactions and GetSellerTransactions on January 31, 2024.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDetails .MinimumBestOfferPrice [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	Specifies the minimum acceptable Best Offer price. If a buyer submits a Best Offer that is below this value, the offer is automatically declined. This applies only to items listed in categories that support the Best Offer auto-decline feature. In order for this setting to have an effect, Best Offer must be enabled for the listing, and this value will only be exposed to the seller who listed the item. For Revise and Relist calls: If a seller wanted to disable the Best Offer auto-accept and/or Best Offer auto-reject feature when revising or relisting an item, the full path to one or both of these two corresponding fields would be provided in a DeletedField tag, like the following: `Item.ListingDetails.MinimumBestOfferPrice` Note: This field will stop being returned in GetItemTransactions and GetSellerTransactions on January 31, 2024. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingDuration	token	Required	Describes the number of days the seller wants the listing to be active (available for bidding/buying). The duration specifies the seller's initial intent at listing time. The end time for a listing is calculated by adding the duration to the item's start time. If the listing ends early, the value of the listing duration does not change. When a listing's duration is changed, any related fees (e.g., 10-day fee) may be debited or credited (as applicable). The valid choice of values depends on the listing format (see Item.ListingType). For a list of valid values, call GetCategoryFeatures with DetailLevel set to ReturnAll and look for ListingDurations information. When you revise a listing, the duration cannot be reduced if it will result in ending the listing within 24 hours of the current date-time. You are only allowed to increase the duration of the listing if fewer than 2 hours have passed since you initially listed the item and the listing has no bids. You can decrease the value of this field only if the listing has no bids (or no items have sold) and the listing does not end within 12 hours. Note: As of April 1, 2019, 'GTC' is the only supported listing duration for all eBay marketplaces with the following exceptions: The following eBay Motors US categories are exempt from this change: Cars & Trucks (6001), Motorcycles (6024), Other Vehicles & Trailers (6038), Boats (26429), Powersports (66466). All child categories under Cars, Motorcycles & Vehicles (9800) categories on the eBay UK and eBay Italy sites are also exempt from this change. If any other listing duration value besides `GTC` is specified in this field, it will be ignored, and `GTC` will be used instead. Applicable values: See ListingDurationCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingEnhancement	ListingEnhancementsCodeType	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Describes listing upgrades that sellers can select for a fee, such as the BoldTitle upgrade. You can add a listing upgrade when you revise a listing, but you cannot remove a listing upgrade. When you relist an item, use DeletedField to remove a listing upgrade. Applicable values: BoldTitle (in/out) This value is used if the seller wants the listing title to be in boldface type. This feature will incur a listing fee. Note that this enhancement will not put the listing subtitle in boldface type (if a subtitle is used). CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingSubtype2	ListingSubtypeCodeType	Optional	Indicates a specific type of lead generation format listing, such as classified ad or local market best offer listing. Only applicable when ListingType = LeadGeneration. Note: ListingSubtype2 replaces the deprecated ListingSubtype field. If both are specified in a request, ListingSubtype2 takes precedence. Applicable values: ClassifiedAd (in/out) This value indicates that the lead generation listing is a classifed ad. Note that only some eBay categories support classified ad listings. Use the GetCategoryFeatures call (with FeatureID value set to `AdFormatEnabled`) to see which categories support classified ad listings. CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use LocalMarketBestOfferOnly (in/out) This value indicates that the lead generation listing is a US Motors Local Market listing. Note that only some eBay Motors categories support Motors Local Market listings. Use the GetCategoryFeatures call (with the SITEID header set to `100` and the FeatureID value set to `LocalMarketAdFormatEnabled`) to see which eBay Motors categories support Motors Local Market listings. See: About Local Market Listings Advertising with Classified Ads
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ListingType	ListingTypeCodeType	Conditional	The selling format of the eBay listing, such as auction (indicated with `Chinese` value), fixed-price (indicated with `FixedPriceItem` value), or classified ad (indicated with `AdType` value). If this field is not included in an AddItem, AddItems, or VerifyAddItem call, the listing type defaults to auction For AddFixedPriceItem, RelistFixedPriceItem, or VerifyAddFixedPriceItem call, this field must be included and set to `FixedPriceItem`, since these calls only work with fixed-price listings. This field is not applicable to Revise calls because the selling format of active listings cannot be changed. Applicable values: AdType (in/out) This enumeration value represents a classified ad in a Real Estate category. This listing type is only used to solicit inquiries from interested parties. To express interest, a buyer fills in a contact form that eBay forwards to the seller as a lead. This format does not enable buyers and sellers to transact online through eBay, and eBay Feedback is not available for ad format listings. Although listing durations may vary by eBay marketplace and category, typical listing durations for real estate ads are 30 and 90 days. It is recommended that the seller uses the GetCategoryFeatures call to retrieve the actual listing durations that are supported for real estate ads on a particular marketplace and category. Chinese (in/out) This value indicates an auction listing. In an auction listing, prospective buyers engage in a competitive bidding process, although Buy It Now may be offered as long as no bids have been placed. Auctions occur on the eBay marketplace site, and the auction listings will also appear in the seller's eBay Store (if the seller has an eBay Store). Although listing durations may vary by eBay marketplace and category, typical listing durations for auctions are 3, 5, 7, and 10 days. It is recommended that the seller uses the GetCategoryFeatures call to retrieve the actual listing durations that are supported for auctions on a particular marketplace and category. CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use. FixedPriceItem (in/out) With this listing format, the selling is offering the item at a fixed price, although it is still possible for the seller to negotiate the price with prospective buyers using the Best Offer feature. A fixed-price listing can offer a single item, or if the seller has multiple quantity of the same item, multiple quantity of that same item can be made available for sale through the same listing. Additionally, the seller can set up a multiple-variation, fixed-price listing, where similar items can be sold through the same listing. An example of a multiple-variation, fixed-price listing might be a t-shirt (or another article of clothing) that is available in multiple color and size combinations. Traditionally, listing durations for fixed-prices listings have varied by eBay marketplace and category. Typical listing durations for fixed-price listings ranged from three to 30 days, or GTC (Good 'Til Cancelled). As of April 1, 2019, 'GTC' is the only supported listing duration for all eBay marketplaces with the following exceptions: The following eBay Motors US categories are exempt from this change: Cars & Trucks (6001), Motorcycles (6024), Other Vehicles & Trailers (6038), Boats (26429), Powersports (66466). All child categories under Cars, Motorcycles & Vehicles (9800) categories on the eBay UK and eBay Italy sites are also exempt from this change. With the 'GTC' listing duration, the listing will remain active as long as the listing shows that inventory is available for purchase (available quantity is '1' or more). For sellers listing motor vehicles on the eBay US Motors, eBay UK, or eBay Italy sites, it is recommended that the seller uses the GetCategoryFeatures call to retrieve the supported listing durations for their particular marketplace and category. Note: As long as a fixed-price listing has inventory available, or if the out-of-stock control feature is being used, GTC listings are automatically renewed each month according to the calendar day. LeadGeneration (in/out) This enumeration value represents a (non-Real Estate) classified ad listing. The `AdType` enumeration value represents Real Estate classified ads. This listing type is only used to solicit inquiries from interested parties. To express interest, a buyer fills in a contact form that eBay forwards to the seller as a lead. This format does not enable buyers and sellers to transact online through eBay, and eBay Feedback is not available for ad format listings. Non-Real Estate classified ads are only available in a limited number of eBay categories, including Business and Industrial categories, Travel, ans Specialty Services. Although listing durations may vary by eBay marketplace and category, typical listing durations for (non-Real Estate) classified ads are 30, 60, and 90 days. It is recommended that the seller uses the GetCategoryFeatures call to retrieve the actual listing durations that are supported for real estate ads on a particular marketplace and category. (Not all values in ListingTypeCodeType apply to this field.) See Listing types.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Location	string	Conditional	Indicates the geographical location of the item (along with the value in the Country field). When you revise a listing, you can add or change this value only if the listing has no bids (or no items have sold) and it does not end within 12 hours. If you do not specify Location, you must specify Item.PostalCode. If you specify a postal code, but do not specify a location, then the location is given a default value derived from the postal code. For the Classified Ad format for motors vehicle listings, the value provided in the Location field is used as item location only if the SellerContactDetails.Street and the SellerContactDetails.Street2 are empty. Else, the SellerContactDetails.Street and the SellerContactDetails.Street2 will be used for item location. Max length: 45.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .LotSize	int	Optional	A lot is a set of two or more similar items included in a single listing that must be purchased together in a single order line item. The Item.LotSize value is the number of items in the lot. This field is required if two or more items are including in one listing. Lots can be used for auction and fixed-price listings. Lot items can be listed only in lot-enabled categories. Call GetCategories to determine if a category supports lots. If the returned CategoryArray.Category.LSD (LotSize Disabled) value is `true`, the category does not support lots. Max: 450,000.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails	PaymentDetailsType	Optional	This container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call if the seller is selling a motor vehicle. It is used by the seller to specify the amount of the initial deposit, and the due dates for the deposit and the full payment for a motor vehicle listing. Note: If you are using business policies with your listing, the details set up in this container will instead be set up via the payment business policy. Payment business policies are associated with the listing via the SellerProfiles.SellerPaymentProfile container. This container will only be returned in 'Get' calls for motor vehicle listings where an initial deposit is required for that vehicle. See eBay motors offline payment methods.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails .DaysToFullPayment	int	Optional	This field is used to set the due date (in days) for the buyer to pay off the full balance of the motor vehicle. The "clock starts" on the full payment due date as soon as the buyer commits to buying the vehicle by clicking the Buy It Now button, by winning the auction, or by the seller accepting that buyer's Best Offer/counteroffer. The three supported values here are `3`, `7` (default), `10`, and `14` days. The seller must specify one or more of the following offline payment methods in the listing. The buyer will be expected to use one of these payment method options to pay the full balance of the motor vehicle. CashOnPickup MOCC (money order or cashier's check) PersonalCheck Min: 3. Max: 14. Default: 7.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails.DepositAmount	AmountType (double)	Conditional	This dollar value indicates the amount of the initial deposit on the vehicle required from the buyer. If the immediate payment requirement is set for the listing (see Item.AutoPay description), and the listing qualifies for immediate payment (e.g. the Buy It Now button is used), the deposit will be required immediately, and the HoursToDeposit field (if set) will not be applicable. If immediate payment is required for a motor vehicle deposit, the value input into this field cannot exceed '500.0', or an error will occur. If there is no immediate payment requirement set for the listing the deposit will be required in 24, 48, or 72 hours after commitment to purchase (see the HoursToDeposit field). If immediate payment is not required for a motor vehicle deposit, the value input into this field cannot exceed '2000.0', or an error will occur. If this field is not included in an Add/Revise call, its value defaults to '0.0', which would technically mean that a deposit is not required, even if the DepositType and HoursToDeposit fields were included. Motor vehicle deposit details will be shown to prospective buyers in the listing. The available payment methods for the deposit will be shown on the checkout page once the buyer clicks the the Buy It Now button. For ReviseItem and related calls: If the listing has no bids, the seller can add or lower a deposit; and they can increase the deposit if the listing doesn't require immediate payment. The seller can also remove the immediate payment option (if any). If the listing has bids, the seller can only lower an existing deposit; but not add or increase a deposit. The seller can't remove immediate payment when a listing with a deposit has bids. Max: 500.0 (if immediate payment required); 2000.0 (if immediate payment not required).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails.DepositAmount [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This dollar value indicates the amount of the initial deposit on the vehicle required from the buyer. If the immediate payment requirement is set for the listing (see Item.AutoPay description), and the listing qualifies for immediate payment (e.g. the Buy It Now button is used), the deposit will be required immediately, and the HoursToDeposit field (if set) will not be applicable. If immediate payment is required for a motor vehicle deposit, the value input into this field cannot exceed '500.0', or an error will occur. If there is no immediate payment requirement set for the listing the deposit will be required in 24, 48, or 72 hours after commitment to purchase (see the HoursToDeposit field). If immediate payment is not required for a motor vehicle deposit, the value input into this field cannot exceed '2000.0', or an error will occur. If this field is not included in an Add/Revise call, its value defaults to '0.0', which would technically mean that a deposit is not required, even if the DepositType and HoursToDeposit fields were included. Motor vehicle deposit details will be shown to prospective buyers in the listing. The available payment methods for the deposit will be shown on the checkout page once the buyer clicks the the Buy It Now button. For ReviseItem and related calls: If the listing has no bids, the seller can add or lower a deposit; and they can increase the deposit if the listing doesn't require immediate payment. The seller can also remove the immediate payment option (if any). If the listing has bids, the seller can only lower an existing deposit; but not add or increase a deposit. The seller can't remove immediate payment when a listing with a deposit has bids. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails.DepositType	DepositTypeCodeType	Conditional	In order for a seller to require a motor vehicle deposit from a buyer, this field must be included and set to `OtherMethod`. Otherwise, the field will default to `None` and a deposit will not be required. Default: None. Applicable values: CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use None (in/out) This value indicates that no deposit is required. OtherMethod (in/out) This value indicates that a deposit is required from the buyer when purchasing a motor vehicle. Deposits for a motor vehicle are either due in 24, 48, or 72 hours after commitment to purchase. Or, in the case of a motor vehicle listing that is requiring immediate payment, the deposit it due immediately after commitment to purchase. This value should be used in an Add/Revise call if the seller is requiring a deposit for a motor vehicle listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentDetails.HoursToDeposit	int	Optional	This field is used to set the due date (in hours) for the motor vehicle deposit. The deposit amount is specified in the DepositAmount field. The "clock starts" on the deposit due date as soon as the buyer commits to buying the vehicle by clicking the Buy It Now button, by winning the auction, or by the seller accepting that buyer's Best Offer/counteroffer. The three supported values here are `24`, `48` (default), and `72` hours. Note: If the immediate payment requirement is set for the listing (see Item.AutoPay description), and the listing qualifies for immediate payment (e.g. the Buy It Now button is used), the HoursToDeposit field will not be applicable, since the buyer will be required to pay any deposit amount immediately (and not within 1, 2 or 3 days). Min: 24 (hours). Max: 72 (hours). Default: 48 (hours).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PaymentMethods	BuyerPaymentMethodCodeType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	For Add/Revise/Relist calls: A PaymentMethods field is required for each offline payment method supported by the seller for the listing. Note: Sellers no longer have to specify any electronic payment methods for listings, so one or more PaymentMethods fields will only be needed for listings that require/support payments off of eBay's platform. If an electronic payment is supplied in a PaymentMethods field, a warning will be triggered and the payment method will be dropped. Note: If you are already referencing a payments business policy in an Add/Revise/Relist call with the SellerProfiles.SellerPaymentProfile container, no PaymentMethods fields will be needed, as these settings will already be set in the payments business policy. Payment methods are not applicable to any classified ad listings, as any agreement and payment is handled off of the eBay platform. For Get calls that return PaymentMethods fields : One or more PaymentMethods fields will only be returned if the seller set one or more offline payment methods for the listing. Note: This field will stop being returned in order management calls on January 31, 2024. Applicable values: CashOnPickup (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that cash on pickup is accepted for payment. This value is only applicable for offline payments. Note: To see if this enumeration value is a supported payment method for a site and category, call GetCategoryFeatures specifying the listing category ID and including the FeatureID field set to `PaymentMethods`. COD (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that a COD (Cash On Delivery) is accepted for payment. This value is only applicable for offline payments and is not supported on all marketplaces. Note: To see if this enumeration value is a supported payment method for a site and category, call GetCategoryFeatures specifying the listing category ID and including the FeatureID field set to `PaymentMethods`. CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use. MOCC (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that a money order or cashiers check is accepted for payment. This value is only applicable for offline payments and is not supported on all marketplaces. Note: To see if this enumeration value is a supported payment method for a site and category, call GetCategoryFeatures specifying the listing category ID and including the FeatureID field set to `PaymentMethods`. PersonalCheck (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that a personal check is accepted for payment. This value is only applicable for offline payments and is not supported on all marketplaces. Note: To see if this enumeration value is a supported payment method for a site and category, call GetCategoryFeatures specifying the listing category ID and including the FeatureID field set to `PaymentMethods`.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PayPalEmailAddress	string	Conditional	This field is no longer applicable, and should not be used.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PickupInStoreDetails	PickupInStoreDetailsType	Optional	This container is used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify listing calls by the seller to enable a listing with the 'In-Store Pickup' feature. The 'In-Store Pickup' feature is only available to a limited number of large retail merchants in the US, Canada, UK, Germany, and Australia marketplaces. This container is returned in the 'Get' calls if the listing is enabled with the In-Store Pickup feature.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PickupInStoreDetails .EligibleForPickupInStore	boolean	Conditional	For Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls: this field is included to enable the listing for In-Store Pickup. To enable the listing for In-Store Pickup, the seller includes this boolean field and sets its value to `true`. In-Store Pickup as a fulfillment method is only available to a limited number of large retail merchants in the US, Canada, UK, Germany, and Australia marketplaces. The In-Store Pickup feature can only be applied to multiple-quantity, fixed-price listings. In addition to setting the EligibleForPickupInStore boolean field to `true`, the merchant must also perform the following actions in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to enable the In-Store Pickup option on a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing: Have inventory for the product at one or more physical stores tied to the seller's account. By using the REST-based Inventory API, sellers can associate physical stores to their account by using the Create Inventory Location call, and then, using the Create Inventory Item call, they can add inventory to specific stores; Include the seller-defined SKU value of the product(s) in the call request. For a single-variation listing, the SKU value would be specified in the Item.SKU field, and for a multiple-variation listing, the SKU value(s) would be specified in the Item.Variations.Variation.SKU field(s); Set an immediate payment requirement on the item. When a seller is successful at listing an item with the In-Store Pickup feature enabled, prospective buyers within a reasonable distance (25 miles or so) from one of the seller's stores (that has stock available) will see the "Available for In-Store Pickup" option on the listing, along with information on the closest store that has the item. This field is returned in the 'Get' calls if the listing is enabled with the In-Store Pickup feature. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PictureDetails	PictureDetailsType	Conditional	This container consists of the data associated with photos within the listing. Sellers can have up to 24 pictures in almost any category at no cost. Motor vehicle listings are an exception. The number of included pictures in motor vehicle listings depend on the selected vehicle package (see Fees for selling vehicles on eBay Motors). These photos can be hosted by eBay Picture Services (EPS), or the seller can host pictures on a non-eBay server. If pictures are externally-hosted, they must be hosted on a site that is using the 'https' protocol. It is required that all listings have at least one picture. See: Add pictures Adding photos to your listing
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PictureDetails.GalleryType	GalleryTypeCodeType	Conditional	This field is used to specify the type of picture gallery to use for the listing. If this field is omitted, a standard picture gallery is used for the listing. There is no listing fee for a standard picture gallery. To use the Gallery Plus feature, you must include this field and set its value to `Plus`. The Gallery image will be the first URL passed into the first PictureURL field, so if you want a specific picture to be the Gallery image, you should make sure you pass the URL for this picture in the first PictureURL field. When revising a listing, if you disable the Gallery Plus feature by including the GalleryType field and setting its value to `Gallery`, the original feature fee for this feature will not be credited to the seller. Default: Gallery. Applicable values: CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal use only. Gallery (in/out) This feature, which is free on all sites, adds a Gallery image in the search results. A Gallery image is an image that was uploaded and copied to EPS (eBay Picture Service). This copy is stored for 30 days or until the image is associated with a listing. Once the image is associated with a listing, the period is extended to 90 days after the item's sale_end date and is extended again if the item is relisted or used in subsequent listings. As part of storing a copy, EPS also makes additional sizes available (thumbnail, main image, supersize, popup, etc.), which are used by the various Gallery enhancements. All images must comply to the Picture Requirements. None (in/out) Gallery is supported free on all sites. So this field is useful only for removing an existing feature setting when using RelistItem. Plus (in/out) Adds a Gallery Plus icon to the listing. When Plus is selected in a request that specifies at least two images (using ItemType.PictureDetailsType.PictureURL), the Gallery Plus feature automatically includes a Gallery Showcase of all the listing's images. The Gallery Showcase displays when hovering over or clicking on the listing's Gallery Plus icon in the search results. The Showcase window displays a large (400px x 400px) preview image which is first image specified PictureURL, as well as up to 11 (64 px x 64 px) selectable thumbnails for the remaining EPS images. Clicking on the preview image displays the item's listing page. If Plus is selected and the request includes only one EPS image or any self-hosted images, the listing includes a Gallery Plus icon that, when hovered over or clicked, displays a large (400px x 400px) preview image of the item. Clicking the image displays the View Item page for that listing. When using RelistItem or ReviseItem (item has no bids and more than 12 hours before the listing's end), Plus can be unselected in the request. However, the Plus fee will still apply if a previous request selected Plus. There is at most one Plus fee per listing. When "Plus" is included in an item listing, the listing also automatically gets the Gallery functionality at no extra cost. "Gallery" does not need to be specified separately in the listing. Listing images that are originally smaller than 400px x 400px are centered in the preview frame. Images that are originally larger than 400px x 400px are scaled down to 400px on their longest side (maintaining their original aspect ratio).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PictureDetails.PictureURL	anyURI	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	Contains the URL for a picture of the item. The URL can be from the eBay Picture Services (images previously uploaded) or from a server outside of eBay (self-hosted). You can pass in up to 24 picture URLs for each listing, but you cannot mix self-hosted and EPS-hosted URLs in the same listing. The UploadSiteHostedPictures call can be used to upload pictures to EPS. Note that if pictures are externally-hosted, they must be hosted on a site that is using the 'https' protocol. URLs using the 'http' protocol will not be allowed. Sellers can have up to 24 pictures in almost any category at no cost. Motor vehicle listings are an exception. The number of included pictures in motor vehicle listings depend on the selected vehicle package (see Fees for selling vehicles on eBay Motors). Note: If a URL contains spaces, those spaces can be replaced with `%20`. For example, `https://example.com/my image.jpg` must be submitted as `https://example.com/my%20image.jpg` to replace the space in the image file name. However, a semicolon character (;) cannot be replaced with `%20`, so a semicolon cannot be a part of the URL, as an error will occur. The Gallery image will be the first PictureURL in the array of PictureURL fields. Note: All images, whether they are hosted by EPS or self-hosted, must comply with eBay picture requirements, including the requirement that all images must be at least 500 pixels on its longest side. If the image does not satisfy the 500 pixels requirement, the listing may be blocked. For more information about other requirements and tips for adding pictures to listings, see the Adding pictures to your listings help page. To specify multiple pictures, send each URL in a separate, PictureDetails.PictureURL element. The first URL passed in defaults to be the 'gallery image', and will be the first picture that is shown when a user lands on the View Item page. If a listing uses a single, self-hosted picture (except in the case of a multiple-variation listing), the picture will be copied to eBay Picture Services (EPS) and the PictureDetails.PictureURL value returned by GetItem will be an EPS URL. For VerifyAddItem only: You must include a picture even when using VerifyAddItem. If you don't have a image file, you can use the following fake eBay Picture Services URL (https://i2.ebayimg.com/abc/M28/dummy.jpg) with this call. For ReviseItem and RelistItem only: To remove a picture when revising or relisting an item, specify PictureDetails with all the pictures that you want the listing to include. That is, you need to completely replace the original set of URLs with the revised set. You cannot remove all the PictureURL fields from a listing because each listing requires at least one picture. Remember: The 'gallery image' will be the first PictureURL in the array of PictureURL fields. So, if the first image passed in when relisting/revising is different from when the listing was created, the 'gallery image' will be changed. Note: For some large merchants, there are no limitations on when pictures can be added or removed from a fixed-price listing, even when the listing has had transactions or is set to end within 12 hours. Max length: 500. See Add pictures.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PostalCode	string	Conditional	Postal code of the place where the item is located. This value is used for proximity searches. To remove this value when revising or relisting an item, use DeletedField. If you do not specify PostalCode, you must specify Item.Location. If you specify PostalCode, but do not specify Item.Location, then Item.Location is given a default value derived from the postal code. Note: As of late January 2020, the displayed postal code returned in GetItem is now masked to all users except for the seller of the item. Different countries will mask postal/zip codes in slightly different ways, but an example would be `951**`.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PrimaryCategory	CategoryType	Conditional	This container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist call to set the primary listing category. This field is conditionally required in an Add call unless the seller successfully uses the ProductListingDetails container to find an eBay catalog product match. When the seller successfully uses an eBay catalog product to create a listing, the listing title, listing description, Item Specifics, listing category, and stock photo defined in the catalog product is used to create the listing. Once you determine the appropriate eBay category for your product, and want to know which listing features it supports, you can use the GetCategoryFeatures call. To discover required, recommended, and optional Item Specifics for a category, use the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API. If you do use an eBay catalog product, it is advised that you do not include this field, as any primary category ID you specify in this field may get dropped if this category is different than the primary category defined in the eBay catalog product. For ReviseItem only: When revising a listing, you can change the primary category only if an auction listing has no bids or a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing has no sales, and the listing does not end within 12 hours. If you change the listing category, any Item Specifics that were previously specified may be dropped from the listing if they aren't valid for the new category. When you list an event ticket on the US site, you must specify one of the leaf categories under the Tickets & Experiences meta category. See: Applying Categories Maintaining Category Data
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PrimaryCategory.CategoryID	string	Conditional	This string value is the unique identifier of an eBay category. In GetItem and related calls, see the CategoryName field for the text name of the category. The parent category of this eBay category is only shown in GetCategories. Note: When listing in categoryID 173651 (Auto Performance Tuning Devices & Software), use of catalog products is required. For more information, see Tuning devices and software. In an Add call, the PrimaryCategory.CategoryID is conditionally required unless the seller successfully uses the ProductListingDetails container to find an eBay catalog product match. When the seller successfully uses an eBay catalog product to create a listing, the listing title, listing description, item specifics, listing category, and stock photo defined in the catalog product is used to create the listing. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, the SecondaryCategory.CategoryID is conditionally required if a Secondary Category is used. Using a Secondary Category can incur a listing fee. For ReviseItem only: Previously, removing the listing from a secondary category was only possible within 12 hours of the listing's scheduled end time when an auction listing had no active bids or a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing had no items sold, but this restriction no longer exists. Now, the secondary category can be dropped for any active listing at any time, regardless of whether an auction listing has bids or a fixed-price listing has sales. To drop a secondary category, the seller passes in a value of `0` in the SecondaryCategory.CategoryID field. Max length: 10.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PrivateListing	boolean	Optional	A `true` value in this field indicates that the listing is private. Sellers may want to use this option when they believe that a listing's potential bidders/buyers would not want their obfuscated user IDs (and feedback scores) exposed to other users. For ReviseItem/ReviseFixedPriceItem: The seller will not be able change this setting if the listing has any pending bids, any pending best offers, previous sales (for multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing), or if the listing will end within 12 hours. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .PrivateNotes	string	Optional	A note that a user makes on an item from their My eBay account. GetMyeBayBuying and GetMyeBaySelling return this field, and only if you pass in the IncludeNotes field in the request, and set its value to true. This field will only be returned if set for an item, and only returned to the user who created the note. Not supported as input in ReviseItem. Use SetUserNotes instead. For GetMyeBayBuying In WatchList, notes for variations are only returned at the Item level, not the variation level. They are only set if you specified ItemID (if no purchases) or ItemID and VariationSpecifics (if there are purchases) in SetUserNotes (or selected the equivalent in the My eBay UI on the site). In WonList, notes for variations are only returned at the Item level, not the variation level. They are only set if you specified ItemID and TransactionID in SetUserNotes (or selected the equivalent in the My eBay UI on the site).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails	ProductListingDetailsType	Conditional	This container is used to provide one or more product identifiers for a product, and if desired by the seller, eBay will use the identifier(s) of the product to try to match it to a defined product in the eBay catalog. If a seller's product is matched to an eBay catalog product, the product details associated with that catalog product will be prefilled for the listing. Product details defined for a catalog product include the product title, product description, product aspects, and stock image(s) of the product (if available). In some eBay categories, one or more product identifier types (e.g. UPC or ISBN) may be required, but the category may not have any eBay catalog products defined, or the category does not allow listings to be created using a catalog product. Note that the GetCategoryFeatures call can be used to retrieve supported/required product identifier types. Note: If a product identifier type is required, the corresponding field must be used, even if the seller is not interested in finding an eBay catalog product match. A large percentage of eBay US categories require one or more product identifier types when listing an item. See the Structured Data - Product Identifiers help page for more information on which eBay US categories require which product identifier types. If known, an ePID (specified through the ProductReferenceID field) is always the best bet to find an eBay catalog product match, although an EAN, ISBN, UPC, or Brand/MPN pair can also be used in an attempt to find a catalog product match. If a Brand/MPN pair is required for the product, these values must be input through the BrandMPN container. When you use ProductListingDetails, in an Add/Revise/Relist call, you must specify at least one GTIN, a ProductReferenceID (also known as an ePID), or a Brand/MPN pair. If you specify more than one GTIN value, eBay uses the first one that matches a product in eBay's catalog. For ReviseItem and RelistItem only: When you revise a listing, if it has bids or it ends within 12 hours, you cannot change the product identifier and you cannot remove existing product listing details data. However, you can change or add preferences such as IncludeStockPhotoURL, UseStockPhotoURLAsGallery, and IncludePrefilledItemInformation. To delete all catalog data when you revise or relist an item, specify Item.ProductListingDetails in DeletedField and don't pass ProductListingDetails in the request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .BrandMPN	BrandMPNType	Conditional	This container is used if the seller wants to, or is required to identify a product using an Brand/Manufacturer Part Number (MPN) pair. The seller can use the GetCategoryFeatures call to see if a Brand/MPN pair is supported/required for a category. Both the Brand and MPN fields are required if the category/product requires an MPN value. If the IncludeeBayProductDetails field is omitted or included and set to `true`, eBay will use the Brand/MPN pair to try and find a matching eBay catalog product. If a match is found, the listing will pick up the product details of the catalog product, including the product title, product description, item specifics, and stock photo. If the seller is passing in an ePID through the ProductReferenceID field, this field is not needed, as all product identifiers associated with the catalog product will get picked up automatically by the listing if a matching catalog product is found. This container is only applicable for single-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings, if the category requires Brand/MPN pairs, the product brand (shared by all variations in this listing) is passed in through the item-level item specifics (Item.ItemSpecifics.NameValueList), and the MPN value for each variation in the listing is passed in through the variation-level item specifics (Variation.VariationSpecifics.NameValueList). Note: If the listing is being posted to a category that requires or recommends a Brand and MPN value, the Brand and MPN values for the product should always be passed in through separate ItemSpecifics.NameValueList containers since the Brand and MPN values passed in through the ProductListingDetails.BrandMPN will not get picked up by the generated/revised listing unless the the Brand/MPN pair is successfully matched to an eBay catalog product. If an MPN doesn't exist for a product, or the seller does not have it available, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. To get the ProductDetails container to return in the GeteBayDetails response, `ProductDetails` should be included as a DetailName value in the call request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .BrandMPN.Brand	string	Conditional	The brand of the product. Both Brand and MPN should be specified if the BrandMPN container is used, or an error may occur. If Brand is a required or recommended item specific for a category, but an MPN is not applicable to the category/product, the Brand value should be specified in an Item.ItemSpecifics.NameValueList container instead. Note: The BrandMPN container is not applicable for multiple-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings that use MPNs, the Brand value should be specified through an ItemSpecifics.NameValueList container, and the Manufacturer Part Numbers (MPNs) for each product variation should be specified through a VariationSpecifics.NameValueList container. Max length: 65.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .BrandMPN.MPN	string	Conditional	The manufacturer part number of the product. Use the value specified by the manufacturer. Both Brand and MPN must be specified if the BrandMPN container is used or an error may occur. If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an MPN value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. To get the ProductDetails container to return in the GeteBayDetails response, `ProductDetails` should be included as a DetailName value in the call request. Note: The BrandMPN container is not applicable for multiple-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings that use MPNs, the Brand value should be specified through an ItemSpecifics.NameValueList container, and the Manufacturer Part Numbers (MPNs) for each product variation should be specified through a VariationSpecifics.NameValueList container. Max length: 65.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails.EAN	string	Conditional	This field is used if the seller wants to, or is required to identify a product using an EAN (European Article Number) value. An EAN is a unique 8 or 13-digit identifier that many industries (such as book publishers) use to identify products. The seller can use the GetCategoryFeatures call to see if an EAN is supported/required for a category. Note: The EAN (and EAN values) are typically only applicable to European products listed on European eBay marketplaces. If a US seller is selling a US-based product (with a UPC value) on a European site (such as eBay UK), instead of using the UPC field, the seller will use the EAN field to pass in the UPC value. If the IncludeeBayProductDetails field is omitted or included and set to `true`, eBay will use the EAN value passed into this field to try and find a matching eBay catalog product. If a match is found, the listing will pick up the product details of the catalog product, including the product title, product description, item specifics, and stock photo. If the seller is passing in an ePID through the ProductReferenceID field, this field is not needed, as all product identifiers will get picked up automatically by the listing if a matching catalog product is found. This field is only applicable for single-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings, if the category/product requires an EAN value, this value should be passed into the Variation.VariationProductListingDetails.EAN field instead. Note: If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an EAN value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. To get the ProductDetails container to return in the GeteBayDetails response, `ProductDetails` should be included as a DetailName value in the call request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .IncludeeBayProductDetails	boolean	Optional	This boolean field controls whether or not an eBay catalog product is used to create or revise a listing. If an ePID or GTIN value is provided through the ProductListingDetails container when adding, revising, or relisting an item, the default behavior is for eBay to try and find a match for the product in the eBay catalog, and then automatically create/revise the listing using the product title, product description, item specifics, and stock photo defined for the catalog product. If the seller wants to use an eBay catalog product to create/revise a listing, the seller can include this field and set its value to `true`, or just omit this field, as its default value is `true`. If a seller doesn't want use an eBay catalog product to create/revise their listing, this field should be included and set to `false`. If the seller declines to use an eBay catalog product, they will be required to pass in their own listing title, listing description, item specifics, a listing category, and at least one picture. Default: true.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .IncludeStockPhotoURL	boolean	Optional	If this value is `true`, the listing will use the eBay catalog product's stock photo. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, this field is set to `true` by default. If you will be using an eBay catalog product to list your item, it is always advised to include the stock photo. Sellers can also add their own pictures using one or more Item.PictureDetails.PictureURL fields. Seller photos are particularly recommended for used and modified products to give prospective buyers a clear sense of exactly what they are purchasing. In GetItem and other 'Get' calls, the URL of the stock photo will be returned in the StockPhotoURL field. Default: true. See Using eBay stock photos.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails.ISBN	string	Conditional	This field is used if the seller wants to, or is required to identify a product using an ISBN (International Standard Book Number) value. An ISBN is a unique identifer for books. Both 10 and 13-character ISBNs are supported. When specifying a 13-character ISBN, the value must begin with either '978' or '979'. The seller can use the GetCategoryFeatures call to see if an ISBN is supported/required for a category. If the IncludeeBayProductDetails field is omitted or included and set to `true`, eBay will use the ISBN value passed into this field to try and find a matching eBay catalog product. If a match is found, the listing will pick up the product details of the catalog product, including the product title, product description, item specifics, and stock photo. If the seller is passing in an ePID through the ProductReferenceID field, this field is not needed, as all product identifiers will get picked up automatically by the listing if a matching catalog product is found. This field is only applicable for single-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings, if the category/product requires an ISBN value, this value should be passed into the Variation.VariationProductListingDetails.ISBN field instead. Note: If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an ISBN value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. To get the ProductDetails container to return in the GeteBayDetails response, `ProductDetails` should be included as a DetailName value in the call request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .ProductReferenceID	string	Conditional	In an Add/Revise/Relist call, this field is used to pass in the eBay Product ID (e.g. ePID), which is the unique identifier of an eBay catalog product. Although an eBay catalog product match can be found using one or more GTIN values, passing in an ePID value is the best way to try and discover the appropriate eBay catalog product. This field is also returned in GetItem if the listing is associated with a eBay catalog product. Max length: 38 (42 with "EPID").
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .ReturnSearchResultOnDuplicates	boolean	Optional	If the seller attempts to use ProductListingDetails in an Add/Revise/Relist call to find an eBay catalog product match, and multiple matches are found, the call will actually fail. This field can be included and set to `true` if the seller wants to see the eBay catalog products that were found through error messages in the call response. This flag will not have an effect if only one catalog product matchi is found, or if the UseFirstProduct field is used and set to `true` and a catalog product is found to create/revise the listing. If this field is omitted or set to `false`, and multiple catalog products are found, the call will fail and no information about the matching catalog products will be returned. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails.UPC	string	Conditional	This field is used if the seller wants to, or is required to identify a product using a UPC (Universal Product Code) value. A UPC is a commonly used identifer for many different products. The seller can use the GetCategoryFeatures call to see if a UPC is supported/required for a category. Note: The UPC (and UPC values) are typically only applicable to US products listed on US eBay marketplace. If a European seller is selling a European-based product (with an EAN value) on the US site, instead of using the EAN field, the seller will use the UPC field to pass in the EAN value. If the IncludeeBayProductDetails field is omitted or included and set to `true`, eBay will use the UPC value passed into this field to try and find a matching eBay catalog product. If a match is found, the listing will pick up the product details of the catalog product, including the product title, product description, item specifics, and stock photo. If the seller is passing in an ePID through the ProductReferenceID field, this field is not needed, as all product identifiers will get picked up automatically by the listing if a matching catalog product is found. This field is only applicable for single-variation listings. For multiple-variation listings, if the category/product requires a UPC value, this value should be passed into the Variation.VariationProductListingDetails.UPC field instead. Note: If the listing is being posted to a category that expects a UPC value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. To get the ProductDetails container to return in the GeteBayDetails response, `ProductDetails` should be included as a DetailName value in the call request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .UseFirstProduct	boolean	Optional	This field can be included and set to `true` if the seller wants to use the first eBay catalog product that is found to create/revise the listing. eBay will search for an eBay catalog product match if the seller provides an ePID or one or more GTIN values. If this field is omitted, or included and set to `false`, the call will fail if more than one eBay catalog product is found. Default: false.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ProductListingDetails .UseStockPhotoURLAsGallery	boolean	Optional	If this value is `true`, the listing will use the eBay catalog product's stock photo as the Gallery thumbnail photo. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, this field is set to `true` by default. If this field is set to `true`, the IncludeStockPhotoURL field must also be set to `true` or this field will have no effect. Sellers can also add their own pictures using one or more Item.PictureDetails.PictureURL fields, but none of these photos will be the Gallery thumbnail photo. Default: true. See Stock photo as gallery image.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Quantity	int	Conditional	For AddItem family of calls: The Quantity value for auction listings must always be `1`. For a fixed-price listing, the Quantity value indicates the number of identical items the seller has available for sale in the listing. If this field is not included when creating a new fixed-price listing, quantity defaults to '1'. If variations are specified in AddFixedPriceItem or VerifyAddFixedPriceItem, the Item.Quantity is not required since the quantity of variations is specified in Variation.Quantity instead. See the Creating a listing with variations eBay Help page for more information on variations. For ReviseItem and ReviseFixedPriceItem: This value can only be changed for a fixed-price listing with no variations. The quantity of variations is controlled in the Variation.Quantity field and the Item.Quantity value for an auction listing should always be `1`. For RelistItem and RelistFixedPriceItem: Like most fields, when you use RelistItem or RelistFixedPriceItem, Quantity retains its original value unless you specifically change it. This means that the item is relisted with the value that was already in Quantity, not with the remaining quantity available. For example, if the original Quantity value was `10`, and three items have been sold, eBay sets the relisted item's Quantity to `10` by default, and not `7`. So, we strongly recommend that you always set Quantity to the correct value (your actual quantity available) in your relist requests. When eBay auto-renews a GTC listing (ListingDuration = GTC) on your behalf, eBay relists with correct quantity available. For GetSellerEvents: Quantity is only returned for listings where item quantity is greater than 1. For GetItem and related calls: This is the total of the number of items available for sale plus the quantity already sold. To determine the number of items available, subtract SellingStatus.QuantitySold from this value. For order line item calls with variations: In GetItemTransactions, Item.Quantity is the same as GetItem (the total quantity across all variations). In GetSellerTransactions, Transaction.Item.Quantity is the total quantity of the applicable variation (quantity available plus quantity sold). Note: For the US site, new eBay sellers are subject to Seller Limits, which limit the quantity of items that may be listed and/or the total cumulative value of these listings. While subject to these selling limits, an eBay seller can use the GetMyeBaySelling call to retrieve both the remaining number of listings they can create and the remaining cumulative value of these listings. These values are shown in the Summary.QuantityLimitRemaining and Summary.AmountLimitRemaining fields in the GetMyeBaySelling response. If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. These fields will only be returned if the seller is subject to seller limits. Default: 1.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer	QuantityRestrictionPerBuyerInfoType	Optional	This container is used by the seller to restrict the quantity of items that may be purchased by one buyer during the duration of a fixed-price listing (single or multi-variation). This is an optional container that can be used with an Add, Revise, or Relist call. This container is not applicable to auction listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer .MaximumQuantity	int	Conditional	This integer value indicates the maximum quantity of items that a single buyer may purchase during the duration of a fixed-price listing (single or multi-variation). The buyer is blocked from the purchase if that buyer is attempting to purchase a quantity of items that will exceed this value. Previous purchases made by the buyer are taken into account. For example, if MaximumQuantity is set to '5' for an item listing, and Buyer1 purchases a quantity of three, Buyer1 is only allowed to purchase an additional quantity of two in subsequent orders on the same item listing. This field is required if the QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer container is used. Min: 1.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory	RegulatoryType	Optional	This container is used by the seller to provide Energy Efficiency Label information, hazardous material related information, product safety related information, manufacturer information, and the repair score for the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Documents	DocumentsType	Optional	This container provides a collection of regulatory documents associated with the listing. For Revise and Relist calls: For information on removing one or more files using a Revise/Relist call, see Remove documents from listings. Note: As a part of General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR) requirements effective on December 13th, 2024, sellers operating in, or shipping to, EU-based countries or Northern Ireland are conditionally required to provide regulatory document information in their eBay listings. For more information on GPSR, see General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Documents.Document	DocumentType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	A regulatory document associated with the listing. Regulatory documents can be created and uploaded using the createDocument method of the Media API. A variety of document types can be provided for regulatory compliance. For a list of supported document types, see DocumentTypeEnum.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Documents.Document .DocumentID	string	Conditional	The unique identifier of a regulatory document associated with the listing. This value can be found in the response of the createDocument method of the Media API.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory .EnergyEfficiencyLabel	EnergyEfficiencyType	Optional	This container provides information about the energy efficiency for certain durable goods. Note: As a part of Digital Services Act (DSA) requirements, all sellers who list products in Germany (DE) must provide Energy Efficiency Label information and Product Information Sheets for listings for certain durable goods. Note: Sellers in the EU and UK can use this container to provide European energy efficiency (EEK) information for listings in the Tyres and Appliance categories. If no EEK information is specified through this container, it will be retrieved through a third party vendor. For more information, see Energy efficiency information. Note: Energy efficiency information is not required for all categories. Use the getRegulatoryPolicies method of the Metadata API to return metadata on the eBay categories that recommend or require energy efficiency-related fields.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory .EnergyEfficiencyLabel .ImageDescription	string	Conditional	A brief verbal summary of the information included on the Energy Efficiency Label for an item. For example, On a scale of A to G the rating is E. As with all strings, you need to escape reserved characters such as ampersand. This field is required if an Energy Efficiency Label is provided. Max length: 280.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory .EnergyEfficiencyLabel .ImageURL	anyURI	Conditional	The URL to the Energy Efficiency Label image that is applicable to an item. This field is required if an Energy Efficiency Label is provided. The URL provided must be an eBay Picture Services (EPS) URL only. You can upload pictures to eBay Picture Services via the UploadSiteHostedPictures call.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory .EnergyEfficiencyLabel .ProductInformationsheet	anyURI	Conditional	The URL to the Product Information Sheet that provides complete manufacturer-provided efficiency information about an item. This field is required if an Energy Efficiency Label is provided. The URL provided must be an eBay Picture Services (EPS) URL only. You can upload pictures to eBay Picture Services via the UploadSiteHostedPictures call.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat	HazmatType	Optional	This container is used by the seller to provide hazardous material information for the listing. Only the Statements element is required to complete the Hazmat section of a listing. The Pictograms, SignalWord, and Component elements are optional. For more information, see Specifying hazardous material related information. Note: Hazmat information is not required for all categories. Use the getRegulatoryPolicies method of the Metadata API to return metadata on the eBay categories that recommend or require Hazmat-related fields.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.Component	string	Optional	This field is used by the seller to provide component information for the listing. For example, component information can provide the specific material of Hazmat concern. Max length: 120.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.Pictograms	PictogramsType	Optional	This container is used by the seller to provide pictograms for the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.Pictograms .Pictogram	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..4]	This field sets the pictogram code(s) for Hazard and product safety Pictogram(s) for the listing. If your product contains hazardous substances or mixtures, please select the values corresponding to the hazard pictograms that are stated on your product's Safety Data Sheet. The selected hazard information will be displayed on your listing. If your product shows universal product safety or compliance symbols, please select the values corresponding to the product safety pictograms for display in the product safety section of the listing. The seller specifies the identifier of each pictogram in this field. A separate Pictogram field is required for each Hazard or product safety pictogram. Note: For Hazard pictograms, use the getHazardousMaterialsLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site. For sample values, see Pictogram sample values. For product safety pictograms, use the getProductSafetyLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.SignalWord	string	Optional	This field sets the signal word for hazardous materials in the listing. If your product contains hazardous substances or mixtures, please select a value corresponding to the signal word that is stated on your product's Safety Data Sheet. The selected hazard information will be displayed on your listing. Example values include: `Danger` `Warning` Note: Use the getHazardousMaterialsLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site. For additional information, see Signal word information.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.Statements	StatementsType	Conditional	This container is used by the seller to provide hazard statements for the listing. This field is required if hazmat information is supplied.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Hazmat.Statements .Statement	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..8]	This field sets the statement code(s) for hazard or product safety statement(s) for the listing. If your product contains hazardous substances or mixtures, please select the values corresponding to the hazard statements that are stated on your product's Safety Data Sheet. The selected hazard information will be displayed on your listing. If your product shows universal product safety or compliance warnings, please select the values corresponding to the product safety statements for display in the product safety section of the listing. A separate Statement field is required for each hazard or product safety statement. The seller specifies the identifier of each statement in this field. Note: For hazmat statements, use the getHazardousMaterialsLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site. For sample values, see Hazard statement sample values. For product safety statements, use the getProductSafetyLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer	ManufacturerType	Optional	This container provides information about the manufacturer of the item. For Revise and Relist calls: To delete all manufacturer information when you revise or relist, specify Item.Regulatory.Manufacturer in DeletedField, and don't pass Manufacturer in the request. Note: As a part of General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR) requirements effective on December 13th, 2024, sellers operating in, or shipping to, EU-based countries or Northern Ireland are conditionally required to provide product manufacturer information in their eBay listings. Manufacturer information is not required for all categories. Use the getRegulatoryPolicies method of the Metadata API to return metadata on the eBay categories that recommend or require manufacturer-related fields. For more information on GPSR, see General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .CityName	string	Conditional	The city of the product manufacturer's street address. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .CompanyName	string	Conditional	The company name of the product manufacturer. Max length: 100 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .Country	CountryCodeType	Conditional	The two letter ISO 3166-1 standard abbreviation of the country of the product manufacturer's address. Applicable values: See Country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer.Email	string	Conditional	The product manufacturer's business email address. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer.Phone	string	Conditional	The product manufacturer's business phone number. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .PostalCode	string	Conditional	The postal code of the product manufacturer's street address. Max length: 9 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .StateOrProvince	string	Conditional	The state or province of the product manufacturer's street address. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .Street1	string	Conditional	The first line of the product manufacturer's street address. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.Manufacturer .Street2	string	Optional	The second line of the product manufacturer's street address. This field is not always used, but can be used for secondary address information such as 'Suite Number' or 'Apt Number'. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety	ProductSafetyType	Optional	This container is used to provide product safety information for the listing. One of the following elements is required to complete the product safety section for a listing: Pictograms or Statements. The Component element is optional. For Revise and Relist calls: To delete all product safety information when you revise or relist, specify Item.Regulatory.ProductSafety in DeletedField, and don't pass ProductSafety in the request. Note: As a part of General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR) requirements effective on December 13th, 2024, sellers operating in, or shipping to, EU-based countries or Northern Ireland are conditionally required to provide product manufacturer information in their eBay listings. Product safety information is not required for all categories. Use the getRegulatoryPolicies method of the Metadata API to return metadata on the eBay categories that recommend or require product safety-related fields. For more information on GPSR, see General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety .Component	string	Optional	This field is used by the seller to provide product safety component information for the listing. For example, component information can include specific warnings related to product safety, such as 'Tipping hazard'. This field is optional for Product Safety. Note: Component information can only be specified if used with the Pictograms and/or Statements field; if the component is provided without one or both of these fields, an error will occur. Max length: 50 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety .Pictograms	PictogramsType	Conditional	This container is used by the seller to provide product safety pictograms for the listing. This field is conditionally required if product safety information is supplied. Note: When supplying product safety information, one of the following elements is required: Pictograms or Statements. Both elements can be included on a listing, but only one is required. A maximum of 2 pictograms are allowed for product safety.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety .Pictograms.Pictogram	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..4]	This field sets the pictogram code(s) for Hazard and product safety Pictogram(s) for the listing. If your product contains hazardous substances or mixtures, please select the values corresponding to the hazard pictograms that are stated on your product's Safety Data Sheet. The selected hazard information will be displayed on your listing. If your product shows universal product safety or compliance symbols, please select the values corresponding to the product safety pictograms for display in the product safety section of the listing. The seller specifies the identifier of each pictogram in this field. A separate Pictogram field is required for each Hazard or product safety pictogram. Note: For Hazard pictograms, use the getHazardousMaterialsLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site. For sample values, see Pictogram sample values. For product safety pictograms, use the getProductSafetyLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety .Statements	StatementsType	Conditional	This container is used by the seller to provide product safety statements for the listing. This field is conditionally required if product safety information is supplied. Note: When supplying product safety information, one of the following elements is required: Pictograms or Statements. Both elements can be included on a listing, but only one is required. A maximum of 8 statements are allowed for product safety.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ProductSafety .Statements.Statement	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..8]	This field sets the statement code(s) for hazard or product safety statement(s) for the listing. If your product contains hazardous substances or mixtures, please select the values corresponding to the hazard statements that are stated on your product's Safety Data Sheet. The selected hazard information will be displayed on your listing. If your product shows universal product safety or compliance warnings, please select the values corresponding to the product safety statements for display in the product safety section of the listing. A separate Statement field is required for each hazard or product safety statement. The seller specifies the identifier of each statement in this field. Note: For hazmat statements, use the getHazardousMaterialsLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site. For sample values, see Hazard statement sample values. For product safety statements, use the getProductSafetyLabels method in the Metadata API to find supported values for a specific marketplace/site.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.RepairScore	double	Conditional	This field represents the repair index for the listing. The repair index identifies the manufacturer's repair score for a product (how easy is it to repair the product). This field is a floating point value between 0 and 10 but may only have one digit beyond the decimal point, for example: `7.9` Note: `0` should not be used as a default value, as it implies that the product is not repairable.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons	ResponsiblePersonsType	Optional	This container provides information about the EU-based Responsible Persons or entities associated with the listing. For Revise and Relist calls: To delete all Responsible Persons information when you revise or relist, specify Item.Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons in DeletedField, and don't pass ResponsiblePersons in the request. Note: As a part of General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR) requirements effective on December 13th, 2024, sellers operating in, or shipping to, EU-based countries or Northern Ireland are conditionally required to provide Responsible Persons information in their eBay listings if the manufacture is not based in the EU. For more information on GPSR, see General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson	ResponsiblePersonType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	This container consists of the detailed contact information for each Responsible Person or entity associated with the listing. A maximum of 5 EU Responsible Persons are supported.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.CityName	string	Conditional	The city of the Responsible Person's street address. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.CompanyName	string	Conditional	The name of the the Responsible Person or entity. Max length: 100 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Country	CountryCodeType	Conditional	The two letter ISO 3166-1 standard abbreviation of the country of the Responsible Person's address. Applicable values: See Country.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Email	string	Conditional	The Responsible Person's email address. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Phone	string	Conditional	The Responsible Person's business phone number. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.PostalCode	string	Conditional	The postal code of the Responsible Person's street address. Max length: 9 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson .StateOrProvince	string	Conditional	The state of province of the Responsible Person's street address. Max length: 64 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Street1	string	Conditional	The first line of the responsible Responsible Person's address. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Street2	string	Optional	The second line of the Responsible Person's address. This field is not always used, but can be used for secondary address information such as 'Suite Number' or 'Apt Number'. Max length: 180 characters for this field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Types	ResponsiblePersonCodeTypes	Conditional	The type(s) associated with the Responsible Person or entity.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons .ResponsiblePerson.Types.Type	ResponsiblePersonCodeType	Conditional, repeatable: [1..*]	The type of Responsible Person associated with the listing. Note: Currently, the only supported value is `EUResponsiblePerson`. Applicable values: CustomCode (in/out) Reserved for internal or future use. EUResponsiblePerson (in/out) This value indicates the Responsible person is an EU Responsible Person. An EU Responsible Person is crucial for ensuring that products comply with all relevant regulations and safety standards to protect human health.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReservePrice	AmountType (double)	Optional	This field is used to set the lowest price at which the seller is willing to sell an auction item. The StartPrice value must be lower than the ReservePrice value. Note that setting a reserve price will incur a listing fee of $5 or 7.5% of the reserve price, whichever is greater, and this fee is charged regardless of whether or not the auction item has a qualifying, winning bidder. As long as no bidder has matched your reserve price, and the scheduled end time of the auction is 12 or more hours away, you can lower or remove the reserve price. However, even if you remove the reserve price from an active listing, you will still be charged the fee and not eligible for a credit. In 'get' calls that retrieve item data, the ReservePrice field will only be returned to the seller of that particular auction item, and only if a reserve price has been set up. The reserve price is never exposed to anyone other than the seller of the item. See: Revise a US eBay motors listing Setting a reserve price (eBay help topic) Fees for optional listing upgrades (eBay help topic)
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReservePrice [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This field is used to set the lowest price at which the seller is willing to sell an auction item. The StartPrice value must be lower than the ReservePrice value. Note that setting a reserve price will incur a listing fee of $5 or 7.5% of the reserve price, whichever is greater, and this fee is charged regardless of whether or not the auction item has a qualifying, winning bidder. As long as no bidder has matched your reserve price, and the scheduled end time of the auction is 12 or more hours away, you can lower or remove the reserve price. However, even if you remove the reserve price from an active listing, you will still be charged the fee and not eligible for a credit. In 'get' calls that retrieve item data, the ReservePrice field will only be returned to the seller of that particular auction item, and only if a reserve price has been set up. The reserve price is never exposed to anyone other than the seller of the item. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy	ReturnPolicyType	Conditional	Describes the seller's return policy. Most categories on most eBay sites require the seller to clearly specify whether or not returns are accepted (see ReturnsAcceptedOption). Note: As a part of Digital Services Act (DSA) requirements, as of April 3, 2023, buyers in the EU must be allowed to return an item within 14 days or more, unless the item is exempt. Where applicable, sellers should update their return policies to reflect this requirement of accepting returns from EU buyers. This update can be made through the ReturnPolicy container or through a return business policy that is referenced through the SellerProfiles.SellerReturnProfile container. Note: If you are using a return business policy set up through My eBay or via the Account API, then you should not populate the fields in this ReturnPolicy container. Instead, indicate your return policy using the SellerProfiles.SellerReturnProfile container. However, if you do not configure a return policy, all the fields in this ReturnPolicy container that are marked conditional must be populated in your request. For the AddItem family of calls: Required for most categories on most sites. Use ReturnPolicyEnabled in GetCategoryFeatures to determine which categories require this field. Also use ReturnPolicyDetails in GeteBayDetails to determine which ReturnPolicy fields can be used on each site. Australia (AU) and US eBay Motors Parts and Accessories categories typically support but do not require a return policy. (However, we strongly recommend that you specify a clear return policy whenever possible.) For ReviseItem only: If the listing has bids or sales and it ends within 12 hours, you can't change the return policy details. If the listing is a GTC listing that has sales or ends within 12 hours (one or the other, but not both), you can add a return policy to the GTC listing (but you can't change return policy details if already present). If the listing has no bids or sales and more than 12 hours remain before the listing ends, you can add or change the return policy. When you revise your return policy, you only need to specify the fields you want to add or change. You don't need to specify all the other ReturnPolicy fields again. The other fields will retain their existing settings. For the GetItem family of calls: Only returned if the site you sent the request to supports the seller's return policy. Typically, the return policy details are only returned when the request is sent to the listing site. Note: The GeteBayDetails call can be used to retrieve site-wide return policy metadata, but it is recommended that sellers use the GetCategoryFeatures call instead, as this call was recently updated to retrieve category-level metadata for both domestic and international return policies. Note: In May 2018, eBay added the ability to create a separate international return policy for items that are shipped to international customers. If a seller does not add a separate international return policy, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead for international returns. For more information on setting separate domestic and international return policies, see the International returns policy help topic. For the international equivalent of this field, see the InternationalRefundMethodValues field. See Specify a return policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy.Description	string	Optional	This field contains the seller's detailed explanation for their return policy and is displayed in the Return Policy section of the View Item page. This field is valid in only the following marketplaces (the field is otherwise ignored): Germany (DE) Austria (AT) France (FR) Italy (IT) Spain (ES) Where valid, sellers can use this field to add details about their return policies. eBay uses this text string as-is in the additional details section of the View Item page. Avoid HTML and avoid character entity references (such as £ or £). If you include special characters in the return policy description, use the literal UTF-8 or ISO-8559-1 character (e.g. £). For AddItem, VerifyAddItem, and RelistItem: If the seller accepts returns (ReturnsAcceptedOption = `ReturnsAccepted`) but does not specify this field when listing the item, GetItem returns this as an empty node. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Max length: 8000 (for DE, AT); 5000 (for FR, IT, ES).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .InternationalRefundOption	token	Optional	This field indicates how the seller compensates international buyers for returns. `MoneyBack` is the only supported value for all marketplaces except for the US. On the US marketplace, you can set this value to either `MoneyBack` or `MoneyBackOrReplacement`. `MoneyBackOrReplacement` can be used by sellers that have the depth of inventory to support an exchange for an identical item. However, ultimately, it is up to the buyer on whether they want money back or a replacement item. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller does not add a separate international return policy, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead. So if this field is not used in an add/revise/relist call, the refund option(s) for international returns will default to the value specified in the RefundOption field. See International Refund Methods (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported international refund value for each site and category. Applicable values: See RefundOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .InternationalReturnsAcceptedOption	token	Conditional	This field is conditionally required if a seller wants to use a separate return policy for international returns. The value in this field indicates whether or not the seller accepts returns from international buyers. Applicable values are `ReturnsAccepted` or `ReturnsNotAccepted`. When set to `ReturnsAccepted`, this option indicates the seller allows international buyers to return items. Specify ReturnsNotAccepted for a listing if returns are not accepted from international buyers. On the eBay DE, IE, and UK, registered business sellers must accept returns for fixed-price items (including auction items with Buy It Now and any other fixed price formats) when the category requires a return policy. On some European sites, such as eBay Germany (DE), registered business sellers are required to accept returns. Use the Trading call GetUser to determine the status of an eBay business seller in DE, IE, and UK. Review the User.SellerInfo.SellerBusinessType field in the response. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller does not add a separate international return policy, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead. So if this field is not used in an add/revise/relist call, the return accepted value for international returns will default to the value specified in the ReturnsAcceptedOption field. See International Returns Accepted Values (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported international returns accepted values for each site and category. Applicable values: See ReturnsAcceptedOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .InternationalReturnsWithinOption	token	Conditional	This field is conditionally required if a seller is using a separate return policy for international returns, and is accepting international returns. The value in this field indicates the number of days that an international buyer has to return an item. The time period begins on the day that the buyer receives the item. Most marketplaces and categories support 30-day and 60-day return periods. eBay sites often set 30-days as the default value for this field and sellers are obligated to honor the values that are set for a listing. Applicable values: Retrieve the values supported by a marketplace and category by calling GetCategoryFeatures with FeatureID set to `InternationalReturnsDurationValues`, then see the values returned under the Category.InternationalReturnsDurationValues container in the response. For AddItem, VerifyAddItem, and RelistItem: If the seller accepts international returns (InternationalReturnsAcceptedOption is set to ReturnsAccepted) but does not specify this field for a listing, eBay sets a default value (often Days_30) and the seller is obligated to honor this setting. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller does not add a separate international return policy, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead. So if this field is not used in an add/revise/relist call, the return period for international returns will default to the value specified in the ReturnsWithinOption field. See International Return Durations (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported international return durations for each site and category. Applicable values: See ReturnsWithinOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .InternationalShippingCostPaidByOption	token	Optional	This field is conditionally required if a seller is using a separate return policy for international returns, and is accepting international returns. The value in this field specifies whether the buyer or the seller pays for international return shipping charges. Accepted values are `Buyer` or `Seller`. eBay sites often set `Seller` as the default value for this field, and sellers are obligated to honor the values that are set for a listing. Depending on the seller's return policy and the specifics of a return, either the buyer or the seller can be responsible for the return shipping costs. Note that the seller is always responsible for return shipping costs for SNAD-related issues or for late shipments. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller does not add a separate international return policy, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead. So if this field is not used in an add/revise/relist call, return shipping cost payee for international returns will default to the value specified in the ShippingCostPaidByOption field. See Return Shipping Cost Payee Values (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported international return shipping cost payee values for each site and category. Applicable values: See ShippingCostPaidByOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy.RefundOption	token	Optional	This field indicates how the seller compensates buyers for returns. `MoneyBack` is the only supported value for all marketplaces except for the US. On the US marketplace, you can set this value to either `MoneyBack` or `MoneyBackOrReplacement`. `MoneyBackOrReplacement` can be used by sellers that have the depth of inventory to support an exchange for an identical item. However, ultimately, it is up to the buyer on whether they want money back or a replacement item. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller ships internationally, and wants to define and use a separate international returns policy, the international equivalent of this field is the InternationalRefundOption field. See Domestic Refund Methods (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported domestic refund value for each site and category. Applicable values: See RefundOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .ReturnsAcceptedOption	token	Conditional	This required field indicates whether or not the seller accepts returns. Applicable values are `ReturnsAccepted` or `ReturnsNotAccepted`. When set to `ReturnsAccepted`, this option indicates the seller allows items to be returned. Specify ReturnsNotAccepted for a listing if returns are not accepted. On the eBay DE, IE, and UK marketplaces, registered business sellers must accept returns for fixed-price items (including auction items with Buy It Now and any other fixed price formats) when the category requires a return policy. On some European sites, such as eBay Germany (DE), registered business sellers are required to accept returns. Use the Trading call GetUser to determine the status of an eBay business seller in DE, IE, and UK. Review the User.SellerInfo.SellerBusinessType field in the response. Note: In order for Top-Rated sellers to receive a Top-Rated Plus seal for their listings, returns must be accepted for their items (ReturnsAcceptedOption = `ReturnsAccepted`) and handling time should be set to zero-day (same-day shipping) or one-day shipping. Set the handling time (in days) using the Item.DispatchTimeMax field. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller ships internationally, and wants to define and use a separate international returns policy, the international equivalent of this field is the InternationalReturnsAcceptedOption field. See Domestic Returns Accepted Values (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported domestic returns accepted values for each site and category. Applicable values: See ReturnsAcceptedOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .ReturnsWithinOption	token	Conditional	Specifies the amount of time the buyer has to return an item. The return period begins when the item is marked "delivered" at the buyer's specified ship-to location. Most marketplaces and categories support 30-day and 60-day return periods. eBay sites often set 30-days as the default value for this field and sellers are obligated to honor the values that are set for a listing. This value is required if ReturnsAcceptedOption=ReturnsAccepted. Applicable values: Retrieve the values supported by a marketplace and category by calling GetCategoryFeatures with FeatureID set to `DomesticReturnsDurationValues`, then see the values returned under the Category.DomesticReturnsDurationValues container in the response. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller ships internationally, and wants to define and use a separate international returns policy, the international equivalent of this field is the InternationalReturnsWithinOption field. See Domestic Return Durations (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported domestic return durations for each site and category. Applicable values: See ReturnsWithinOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ReturnPolicy .ShippingCostPaidByOption	token	Optional	This option specifies whether the buyer or the seller pays for return shipping charges. Accepted values are `Buyer` or `Seller`. eBay sites often set `Seller` as the default value for this field, and sellers are obligated to honor the values that are set for a listing. This value is required if ReturnsAcceptedOption=ReturnsAccepted. Depending on the seller's return policy and the specifics of a return, either the buyer or the seller can be responsible for the return shipping costs. Note that the seller is always responsible for return shipping costs for SNAD-related issues or for late shipments. For ReviseItem only: You cannot change the value of this field if the listing has bids or sales, or if the listing ends within 12 hours. For more details, see the ReturnPolicy description. Note: If a seller ships internationally, and wants to define and use a separate international returns policy, the international equivalent of this field is the InternationalShippingCostPaidByOption field. See Return Shipping Cost Payee Values (in GetCategoryFeatures) for supported domestic return shipping cost payee values for each site and category. Applicable values: See ShippingCostPaidByOptionsCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ScheduleTime	dateTime	Optional	Allows the user to specify a time in the future that the listing becomes active on eBay. To schedule the listing start time, specify a time in the future in GMT format. In GetItem and related calls, the scheduled time is returned in StartTime. For ReviseItem, you can modify this value if the currently scheduled start time is in the future (listing has yet to go live). When you schedule a start time, the start time is randomized within 15-minute intervals. Randomized start times applies to the following sites: `AT, BEFR, BENL, CH, DE, ES, FR, IE, IT, NL, PL, UK` Also see the following article in the Knowledge Base: Why scheduled time is sometimes getting reset.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SecondaryCategory	CategoryType	Optional	The unique identifier for a secondary category. This field is only applicable if the seller decides to list the item under two categories. You cannot list US eBay Motors vehicles in two categories. However, you can list Parts & Accessories in two categories. The final value fee is based on the primary category in which the item is listed. Furthermore, you can list the same item in an eBay Motors Parts & Accessories category and in an eligible eBay category, as long as the primary category is associated with the site on which you are listing. That is, the two categories can be a mix of Motors Parts & Accessories and eBay site categories. (Real Estate, Mature Audience (adult), and Business & Industrial categories are not eligible for listing in two categories in this manner.) For example, if you list on Motors, the primary category could be 6750 (eBay Motors > Parts & Accessories > Apparel & Merchandise > Motorcycle > Jackets & Leathers), and the secondary category could be 57988 (eBay > Clothing, Shoes > Accessories > Men's Clothing > Outerwear). If you list on the main eBay site, the primary category could be 57988 and the secondary category could be 6750. If eBay has designated a listing category as a value category (see ValueCategory in GetCategoryFeatures), and that listing category will be the seller's primary category, the seller will not be able to list their item in a secondary category. If a seller's request payload includes a primary or a secondary category that is designated as a value category, then eBay drops the SecondaryCategory ID and only lists the item in the category specified with the PrimaryCategory ID. Also, if the listing request includes Item Specifics (in ItemSpecifics) that are associated with the SecondaryCategory, eBay drops those values as well when the SecondaryCategory is dropped. The same logic is used if you revise an existing listing to add a secondary category, or to change one of the categories: If either the primary or secondary category is a value category, eBay drops the secondary category from your request.) To remove this value when relisting an item, use DeletedField. For ReviseItem only: When revising a listing within 12 hours of the listing's scheduled end time, you can only add or change the secondary category when an auction listing has no active bids or a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing has no items sold. If you change the secondary category, any corresponding Item Specifics that were previously specified may be dropped from the listing if they aren't valid for the category. For ReviseItem only: Previously, removing the listing from a secondary category was only possible within 12 hours of the listing's scheduled end time when an auction listing had no active bids or a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing had no items sold, but this restriction no longer exists. Now, the secondary category can be dropped for any active listing at any time, regardless of whether an auction listing has bids or a fixed-price listing has sales. To drop a secondary category, the seller passes in a value of `0` in the SecondaryCategory.CategoryID field.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SecondaryCategory.CategoryID	string	Conditional	This string value is the unique identifier of an eBay category. In GetItem and related calls, see the CategoryName field for the text name of the category. The parent category of this eBay category is only shown in GetCategories. Note: When listing in categoryID 173651 (Auto Performance Tuning Devices & Software), use of catalog products is required. For more information, see Tuning devices and software. In an Add call, the PrimaryCategory.CategoryID is conditionally required unless the seller successfully uses the ProductListingDetails container to find an eBay catalog product match. When the seller successfully uses an eBay catalog product to create a listing, the listing title, listing description, item specifics, listing category, and stock photo defined in the catalog product is used to create the listing. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, the SecondaryCategory.CategoryID is conditionally required if a Secondary Category is used. Using a Secondary Category can incur a listing fee. For ReviseItem only: Previously, removing the listing from a secondary category was only possible within 12 hours of the listing's scheduled end time when an auction listing had no active bids or a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing had no items sold, but this restriction no longer exists. Now, the secondary category can be dropped for any active listing at any time, regardless of whether an auction listing has bids or a fixed-price listing has sales. To drop a secondary category, the seller passes in a value of `0` in the SecondaryCategory.CategoryID field. Max length: 10.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Seller	UserType	Conditional	Container for information about this listing's seller. Returned by GetItemsAwaitingFeedback if Buyer is making the request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails	AddressType	Optional	This container is used by sellers of Classified Ad listings to provide contact information. See Classified ad listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails .CompanyName	string	Optional	User's company name. This field should only be passed in or returned if applicable/defined.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails.County	string	Optional	The county associated with an address on file with eBay. This field should only be passed in or returned if applicable/defined.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails .PhoneAreaOrCityCode	string	Optional	Area or City Code of a user's primary phone number. This field applies to Classified Ad listings only.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails .PhoneCountryCode	CountryCodeType	Optional	Standard ISO code for the country of the user's primary telephone phone number. For Classified Ad listings, this code is used to look up the country's international calling prefix. Both the ISO code and country phone prefix are stored with listings of this type. This field applies to Classified Ad listings only. Applicable values: See PhoneCountryCode.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails .PhoneLocalNumber	string	Optional	The local number portion of the user's primary phone number. This field applies to Classified Ad listings only. Note: The full primary phone number is constructed by combining PhoneLocalNumber with PhoneAreaOrCityCode and PhoneCountryPrefix. Max length: 30.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails.Street	string	Optional	A concatenation of Street1 and Street2, primarily used for a registration address.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerContactDetails.Street2	string	Optional	The second line of the user's street address (such as an apartment number or suite number). Returned if the user specified a second street value for their address. Note: In case of Item.SellerContactDetails, Street2 can be used to provide City, Address, State, and Zip code (if applicable). Note: Note the different maximum lengths noted below for different countries. If a street name exceeds the maximum length for the applicable country, the full street name may be expressed through both the Street1 and Street2 fields. Note: In the case of TransactionArray.Transaction.MultiLegShippingDetails.SellerShipmentToLogisticsProvider.ShipToAddress, if the item is being shipped through eBay International Shipping and this address refers to an intermediated warehouse address, the eBay Virtual Tracking number (eVTN) that is used for the domestic leg of the shipment is appended to Street2. This value is generated by eBay when the order is completed. Example:"Reference #1234567890123456" Max length: GB, DE - 35; US, CA - 40; AU - 80; Other countries - 50.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles	SellerProfilesType	Conditional	This container is used if the seller would like to use/reference business policies to create, revise, relist, or verify their listing. The seller's account must be opted in to business policies to use this container. If this container is used, exactly one Payment Business Policy, one Shipping Business Policy, and one Return Business Policy must be specified and applied to the listing. If the seller's account is not opted in to business policies, that seller may not use this container. Sellers must opt-in to business policies through My eBay or by using the optInToProgram call of the eBay Account API. If business policies are applied to a listing, all payment, shipping, and return policy settings in these policies will override any other payment, shipping, or return policy legacy fields that are included in the call request. Note: To make sure that the shipping cost override and policies are set correctly on an item (that is using business policies and has one or more shipping service cost overrides set up), the Item.SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile container and the Item.ShippingServiceCostOverrideList.ShippingServiceCostOverride container(s) must be included, even if no changes are being made. This container is only returned in 'Get' calls if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerPaymentProfile	SellerPaymentProfileType	Conditional	The SellerPaymentProfile container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify API call to reference and use the settings/values of a payment business policy. Payment business policies contain a setting to control whether immediate payment is required, settings to specify due dates for the deposit and full payment of a motor vehicle listing (Motors policy only), and settings to specify which offline payment methods are avaiable to buyers for sales transactions that happen off of eBay's platform. Multiple payment business policies can be created and saved at the account level by sellers. This container is only returned in 'Get' calls if Business Policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. Note: Sellers will never have to specify electronic payment methods, but offline payment methods are required for listings where offline payment is required or supported.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerPaymentProfile .PaymentProfileID	long	Conditional	The unique identifier of a payment business policy. A PaymentProfileID and/or a PaymentProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the payment settings/values of a payment business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the PaymentProfileID takes precedence. Payment profile IDs can be retrieved with the getPaymentPolicies call of the Account API or with the getSellerProfiles call of the Business Policies Management API. Business policy IDs can also be retrieved through the Business policies section of My eBay. In the 'Get' calls, the PaymentProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The PaymentProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the payment business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerPaymentProfile .PaymentProfileName	string	Conditional	The name of a payment business policy. A PaymentProfileID and/or a PaymentProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the payment settings/values of a payment business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the PaymentProfileID takes precedence. In the 'Get' calls, the PaymentProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The PaymentProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the payment business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerReturnProfile	SellerReturnProfileType	Conditional	The SellerReturnProfile container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify Trading API call to reference and use the settings/values of a return business policy. Return business policies contain detailed information on the seller's return policy for domestic and international buyers (if the seller ships internationally), including whether or not the seller accepts returns from domestic and international buyers, how many days the buyer has to return the item for a refund, and who pays the return shipping costs. Multiple return policy business policies can be created and saved at the account level by sellers. Note: As a part of Digital Services Act (DSA) requirements, as of April 3, 2023, buyers in the EU must be allowed to return an item within 14 days or more, unless the item is exempt. Where applicable, sellers should update their return policies to reflect this requirement of accepting returns from EU buyers. This update can be made through the ReturnPolicy container or through a return business policy that is referenced through the SellerProfiles.SellerReturnProfile container. This container is only returned in 'Get' calls if Business Policies are set for the listing and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerReturnProfile .ReturnProfileID	long	Conditional	The unique identifier of a return policy business policy. A ReturnProfileID and/or a ReturnProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the return policy settings/values of a return policy business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the ReturnProfileID takes precedence. Return policy profile IDs can be retrieved with the getReturnPolicies call of the Account API or with the getSellerProfiles call of the Business Policies Management API. Business policy IDs can also be retrieved through the Business policies section of My eBay. In the 'Get' calls, the ReturnProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The ReturnProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the return policy business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerReturnProfile .ReturnProfileName	string	Conditional	The name of a return policy business policy. A ReturnProfileID and/or a ReturnProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the return policy settings/values of a return policy business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the ReturnProfileID takes precedence. In the 'Get' calls, the ReturnProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The ReturnProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the return policy business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerShippingProfile	SellerShippingProfileType	Conditional	The SellerShippingProfile container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify Trading API call to reference and use the settings/values of a specific shipping business policy. Shipping business policies contain detailed information on domestic and international shipping, including shipping service options and costs, handling time, shipping discount information, and excluded ship-to locations. Multiple shipping business policies can be created and saved at the account level by sellers. Note: Any shipping inclusions specified through this container can be overridden by the eBay International Shipping exclusions toggle located under Shipping Preferences in My eBay. For more information on eBay International Shipping, see eBay International Shipping program. This container is only returned in 'Get' calls if Business Policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerShippingProfile .ShippingProfileID	long	Conditional	The unique identifier of a shipping business policy. A ShippingProfileID and/or a ShipppingProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the shippping-related settings/values of a shipping business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the ShipppingProfileID takes precedence. Shipping profile IDs can be retrieved with the getFulfillmentPolicies call of the Account API or with the getSellerProfiles call of the Business Policies Management API. Business policy IDs can also be retrieved through the Business policies section of My eBay. In the 'Get' calls, the ShipppingProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The ShipppingProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the shipping business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProfiles .SellerShippingProfile .ShippingProfileName	string	Conditional	The name of a shipping business policy. A ShippingProfileID and/or a ShippingProfileName value is used in the Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to reference and use the shipping-related settings/values of a shipping business policy. If both fields are provided and their values don't match, the ShippingProfileID takes precedence. In the 'Get' calls, the ShippingProfileID value will always be returned if business policies are set for the listing, and the person making the API call is the seller of the listing. The ShippingProfileName value will be returned if a name is assigned to the shipping business policy.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SellerProvidedTitle	string	Conditional	A descriptive free-text title for a US or CA eBay Motors vehicle listing. This title appears below eBay's pre-filled listing title on the View Item page (not at the top of the View Item page). It's also appended to the listing title in search results (like a subtitle) on the US eBay Motors site. Keywords in this title help buyers find or distinguish your listing. Applicable to listings in US eBay Motors Cars and Trucks, Motorcycle, and some of the Powersport, Boats and RV campers categories; or to Cars and Trucks listings on CA eBay Motors. This replaces the older US and Canada eBay Motors Subtitle attribute (attribute ID 4148). Max length: 80.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails	ShippingDetailsType	Conditional	The shipping-related details for an order, including flat and calculated shipping costs. Note: For sellers who are using a shipping (aka Fulfillment) business policy to create/revise/relist an item, none of the fields under the ShippingDetails container are necessary. A fulfillment business policy can be set up and/or modified in My eBay, or via the Account API. A fulfillment business policy is associated to a listing through the Item.SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile container. If you do not use a fulfillment business policy, many of the fields under this ShippingDetails container become required in your request. Note: For ReviseItem and ReviseFixedPriceItem calls: If you are updating any field under the ShippingDetails container, you must include all containers and fields set under this container even if their values are not changing. If you do not do this, some fields may be removed from the listing. To find out the values included in the current listing, call GetItem and look through the ShippingDetails container in the response. For additional information, see Revise shipping details. New users who list their first items in selected categories on the US site must specify at least one domestic shipping service. This applies to a category if GetCategoryFeatures returns `true` for Category.ShippingTermsRequired. For multi-quantity, fixed-price listings, a seller can revise all shipping details of the listing (except for sales tax and for shipping type of Freight) for all unsold items. This applies to both domestic and international shipping. Checkout is not affected for those who bought items prior to the seller's shipping changes—the shipping details that were in effect at the time of purchase are used for that buyer at the time of checkout. Shipping details are not applicable to any classified ad listings, as shipping/delivery/pickup is handled by the buyer and seller off of the eBay platform. Note: To create a listing that is 'Local Pickup only' (buyer picks up, with no shipping/delivery available), the user does the following two things: Either omit the entire ShippingDetails container, or pass in an empty ShippingDetails container - <ShippingDetails/> Pass in one ShipToLocations field, with its value set to `None` - <ShipToLocations>None</ShipToLocations> For GetMyeBayBuying, GetMyeBaySelling: ShippingDetails is not returned. See: Shipping costs Revising Items for restrictions on changing item properties with ReviseItem
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .CalculatedShippingRate	CalculatedShippingRateType	Conditional	Details pertinent to one or more items for which calculated shipping has been offered by the seller, such as package dimension and weight and packaging/handling costs. If your call specifies a large-dimension item listed with UPS, see Dimensional Weight limit on UPS shipping services results in failure of shipping calculator. Note: The CalculatedShippingRate container should only be used to specify values for the InternationalPackagingHandlingCosts and/or PackagingHandlingCosts fields. The rest of the fields in the CalculatedShippingRate container are used to specify package dimensions and package weight, and these values should now be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .CalculatedShippingRate .InternationalPackagingHandlingCosts	AmountType (double)	Optional	This field shows any package handling cost applied to international shipping. This cost will be in addition to any shipping cost applicable to each international shipping service option. For international calculated shipping only.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .CalculatedShippingRate .InternationalPackagingHandlingCosts [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This field shows any package handling cost applied to international shipping. This cost will be in addition to any shipping cost applicable to each international shipping service option. For international calculated shipping only. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .CalculatedShippingRate .PackagingHandlingCosts	AmountType (double)	Optional	Fees a seller might assess for the shipping of the item (in addition to whatever the shipping service might charge). Any packaging/handling cost specified on input is added to each shipping service on output. If domestic and international calculated shipping is offered for an item and if packaging/handling cost is specified only for domestic shipping, that cost will be applied by eBay as the international packaging/handling cost. (To specify a international packaging/handling cost, you must always specify a domestic packaging/handling cost, even if it is 0.) When UPS is one of the shipping services offered by the seller, package dimensions are required on list/relist/revise. Note: If the listing only has one domestic shipping service and it is free shipping, the domestic package handling cost will be ignored and will not be applied to the listing.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .CalculatedShippingRate .PackagingHandlingCosts [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	Fees a seller might assess for the shipping of the item (in addition to whatever the shipping service might charge). Any packaging/handling cost specified on input is added to each shipping service on output. If domestic and international calculated shipping is offered for an item and if packaging/handling cost is specified only for domestic shipping, that cost will be applied by eBay as the international packaging/handling cost. (To specify a international packaging/handling cost, you must always specify a domestic packaging/handling cost, even if it is 0.) When UPS is one of the shipping services offered by the seller, package dimensions are required on list/relist/revise. Note: If the listing only has one domestic shipping service and it is free shipping, the domestic package handling cost will be ignored and will not be applied to the listing. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ExcludeShipToLocation	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	Use this field in an Add/Revise/Relist call to specify an international country or region, or a special domestic location, such as 'PO Box' (in US) or 'Packstation' (in DE), to where you will not ship the associated item. Repeat this element in the call request for each location that you want to exclude as a shipping destination for your item. The exclude ship-to location values are eBay regions and countries. To see the valid exclude ship-to locations for a specified site, call GeteBayDetails with DetailName set to ExcludeShippingLocationDetails, and then look for the ExcludeShippingLocationDetails.Location fields in the response. Repeat GeteBayDetails for each site on which you list. This field works in conjunction with Item.ShipToLocations to create a set of international countries and regions to where you will, and will not, ship. You can list a region in the ShipToLocations field, then exclude specific countries within that region with this field (for example, you can specify Africa in ShipToLocations, yet exclude Chad with a ExcludeShipToLocation setting). In addition, if your ShipToLocations is `Worldwide`, you can use this field to specify both regions and countries that you want to exclude from your shipping destinations. Note: The ShipToLocations and ShippingDetails.ExcludeShipToLocation containers are not applicable for motor vehicle listings on the US, CA, or UK marketplaces. If these containers are sent in the request, they are ignored and a warning is returned. Note: Any shipping exclusions specified by this field can be overridden by the eBay International Shipping exclusions toggle located under Shipping Preferences in My eBay. For more information on eBay International Shipping, see eBay International Shipping program. You can specify a default set of locations to where you will not ship in My eBay. If you create an Exclude Ship-To List, it is, by default, in effect when you list items. However, if you specify any value in this field on input, it nullifies the default settings in your Exclude Ship-To List. (If you use ExcludeShipToLocation when you list an item, you will need to list all the locations to where you will not ship the associated item, regardless of the default settings in your Exclude Ship-To List.) Specify `none` in this field to override the default Exclude Ship-To List you might have set up in My eBay and indicate that you do not want to exclude any shipping locations from the respective item listing. Note: This field will stop being returned in GetItemTransactions and GetSellerTransactions responses on January 31, 2024. Applicable values: See CountryCodeType, ShippingRegionCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .GlobalShipping	boolean	Conditional	Note: The Global Shipping Program (GSP) is only available on the UK marketplace. On the US marketplace, the Global Shipping Program was replaced by the intermediated international shipping program called eBay International Shipping. eBay International Shipping is an account level setting, and no field will need to be set in a add/revise call to enable this setting. As long as the US seller's account is opted in to eBay International Shipping, this shipping option will be automatically enabled for all listings where international shipping is available. Even if the US seller is opted into eBay International Shipping, that same seller can still also specify individual international shipping service options through the ShippingDetails.InternationalShippingServiceOption container. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, this boolean field can be included and set to `True` if the seller would like to use eBay's Global Shipping Program for orders that are shipped internationally. In 'Get' calls, if this field is returned as `True`, it indicates that international shipping through the Global Shipping Program is available for the listing. If this field is returned as `False`, the seller is responsible for shipping the item internationally using one of the specified international shipping service options set for the listing. When calling RelistFixedPriceItem, RelistItem, ReviseFixedPriceItem or ReviseItem, you can omit this field if its value doesn't need to change.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalPromotionalShippingDiscount	boolean	Conditional	On input, this specifies whether to offer the promotional shipping discount for the listing's international shipping services (only applicable if the seller has a promotional shipping discount in effect at the moment). Returned on output only if the seller is making the call. This value indicates whether the promotional shipping discount is being offered for the international shipping services of this listing (if the listing is still active—this is only possible if the seller has a promotional shipping discount in effect at the moment) or whether the discount was offered at the time the listing ended. See Shipping discount profiles.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingDiscountProfileID	string	Conditional	On input, this is the ID of the shipping discount to offer for the international shipping services (where the shipping discount is either of type FlatShippingDiscount or CalculatedShippingDiscount). In the RelistItem and ReviseItem family of calls, you can remove the existing InternationalShippingDiscountProfileID associated with the item by supplying a value of 0 (zero). Returned on output only if the seller is making the call. The value is the ID of the shipping discount offered and corresponds to whichever is returned: FlatShippingDiscount or CalculatedShippingDiscount. If the user created a shipping discount profile, use InternationalShippingDiscountProfileID. See Shipping discount profiles.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption	InternationalShippingServiceOptionsType	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Shipping costs and options related to an international shipping service. If used, at least one domestic shipping service must also be provided in ShippingServiceOptions. If you specify multiple InternationalShippingServiceOption nodes, the repeating nodes must be contiguous. That is, you cannot insert other nodes between InternationalShippingServiceOption nodes. All specified domestic and international shipping services must be the same shipping type (for example, Flat versus Calculated). A seller can offer up to four domestic shipping services and up to five international shipping services. However, if the seller is opted in to the Global Shipping Program or eBay International Shipping, only four other international shipping services may be offered (regardless of whether or not Global Shipping or eBay International Shipping is offered for the listing). If you specify ShippingDetails when you revise or relist an item but you omit InternationalShippingServiceOption, eBay will drop the international shipping services (except the Global Shipping Program or eBay International Shipping) from the listing. This may also have unintended side effects, as other fields that depend on this data may be dropped as well. To retain the shipping services and dependent fields when you modify other shipping details, it may be simplest to specify all ShippingDetails that you still want to include in the listing. For GetItemShipping, results are filtered: if any service is not available in the buyer's region, it is removed. If no services remain after this filtering, a warning is returned. See Repeating (unbounded) fields for rules regarding repeating instances of a nodes (nodes for which maxOccurs is "unbounded" or is greater than 1).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingService	token	Conditional	An international shipping service being offered by the seller to ship an item to a buyer. For a list of valid values, call GeteBayDetails with DetailName set to ShippingServiceDetails. To view the full list of International shipping service options in the response, look for the ShippingService fields in the ShippingServiceDetails containers that contain a InternationalService = `true` field, as this indicates that the ShippingService value is an International shipping service option. The ShippingServiceDetails.ValidForSellingFlow flag must also be present. Otherwise, that particular shipping service option is no longer valid and cannot be offered to buyers through a listing. For flat and calculated shipping. See GeteBayDetails. Applicable values: See ShippingServiceCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost	AmountType (double)	Conditional	The cost of shipping each additional item if the same buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. This field is required when creating a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing. Generally, the seller will give the buyer a shipping discount if that buyer purchases multiple quantity of the item, so this value should usually be less than the value set for ShippingServiceCost. The value of this field can even be set to `0` if the seller wants to encourage buyers to buy multiple quantity of the item, or it could be that the seller can fit multiple quantities of the line item in a single shipping package, so the seller is just passing this shipping savings onto the buyer. This field is not applicable for single-quantity listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The cost of shipping each additional item if the same buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. This field is required when creating a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing. Generally, the seller will give the buyer a shipping discount if that buyer purchases multiple quantity of the item, so this value should usually be less than the value set for ShippingServiceCost. The value of this field can even be set to `0` if the seller wants to encourage buyers to buy multiple quantity of the item, or it could be that the seller can fit multiple quantities of the line item in a single shipping package, so the seller is just passing this shipping savings onto the buyer. This field is not applicable for single-quantity listings. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingServiceCost	AmountType (double)	Conditional	The base cost of shipping the item using the shipping service specified in the ShippingService field. In the case of a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing, the ShippingServiceAdditionalCost field shows the cost to ship each additional item if the buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. When returned by GetItemShipping, it includes the packaging and handling cost. For flat and calculated shipping. If a shipping service has been specified (even LocalPickup), GetItem returns the shipping service cost, even if the cost is zero. Otherwise, cost is not returned. If this is for calculated shipping for a listing that has not yet ended, note that the cost cannot be determined until the listing has ended and the buyer has specified a postal code. For GetItemShipping, promotional shipping savings is reflected in the cost, if applicable. If the promotional shipping option is lower than other shipping services being offered, the savings is reflected in the returned shipping cost. The shipping service named Promotional Shipping Service (or whatever is the localized name for it) is included among the shipping services. If the promotional shipping cost is lower than the cost of other shipping services being offered, it is presented first in the list. (The LOWEST shipping service cost is always presented first, regardless of whether there is promotional shipping.) See https://developer.ebay.com/api-docs/user-guides/static/trading-user-guide/shipping-types-rates.html.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingServiceCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The base cost of shipping the item using the shipping service specified in the ShippingService field. In the case of a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing, the ShippingServiceAdditionalCost field shows the cost to ship each additional item if the buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. When returned by GetItemShipping, it includes the packaging and handling cost. For flat and calculated shipping. If a shipping service has been specified (even LocalPickup), GetItem returns the shipping service cost, even if the cost is zero. Otherwise, cost is not returned. If this is for calculated shipping for a listing that has not yet ended, note that the cost cannot be determined until the listing has ended and the buyer has specified a postal code. For GetItemShipping, promotional shipping savings is reflected in the cost, if applicable. If the promotional shipping option is lower than other shipping services being offered, the savings is reflected in the returned shipping cost. The shipping service named Promotional Shipping Service (or whatever is the localized name for it) is included among the shipping services. If the promotional shipping cost is lower than the cost of other shipping services being offered, it is presented first in the list. (The LOWEST shipping service cost is always presented first, regardless of whether there is promotional shipping.) For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShippingServicePriority	int	Conditional	This integer value controls the order (relative to other shipping services) in which the corresponding ShippingService will appear in the View Item and Checkout page. Sellers can specify up to five international shipping services (with five InternationalShippingServiceOption containers), so valid values are 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. A shipping service with a ShippingServicePriority value of `1` appears at the top. Conversely, a shipping service with a ShippingServicePriority value of 5 appears at the bottom of a list of five shipping service options. If the Global Shipping Program is enabled on the listing for international shipping, only four additional shipping services may be specified. If this field is omitted from international shipping service options, the order of the shipping service options in View Item and Checkout pages will be determined by the order that these shipping service options are presented in the request payload of an Add/Revise/Relist call.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .InternationalShippingServiceOption .ShipToLocation	string	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	An international location or region to where the item seller will ship the item. Use GeteBayDetails with DetailName set to ShippingLocationDetails to determine which locations are valid per site. In the GeteBayDetails response, look for the ShippingLocationDetails.ShippingLocation fields. For the AddItem family of calls, this field is required if any international shipping service is specified. For GetOrders and GetItemTransactions only: If using Trading WSDL Version 1019 or above, ShipToLocation fields will only be returned to the buyer or seller, and no longer returned at all to third parties. If using a Trading WSDL older than Version 1019, ShipToLocation fields are only returned to the buyer or seller, and a string value of `Unavailable` will be returned to all third parties. See Shipping information. Applicable values: See CountryCodeType, ShippingRegionCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .PromotionalShippingDiscount	boolean	Conditional	On input, this specifies whether to offer the promotional shipping discount for the domestic shipping services of this listing (only applicable if the seller has a promotional shipping discount in effect at the moment). Returned on output only if the seller is making the call. This indicates whether the promotional shipping discount is being offered for the domestic shipping services of this listing (if the listing is still active—this is only possible if the seller has a promotional shipping discount in effect at the moment) or whether the discount was offered at the time the listing ended. See Shipping discount profiles.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .RateTableDetails	RateTableDetailsType	Optional	This container is used to reference and apply a seller's domestic and/or international shipping rate tables to a listing. Shipping rate tables allow sellers to configure specific shipping costs based on the shipping destinations and level of service (e.g. economy, standard, expedited, and one-day). Generally speaking, sellers want to use these shipping rate tables so they can charge a higher shipping cost to the buyer whenever shipping costs are higher for them as well. For example, shipping to Alaska or Hawaii is generally more expensive than shipping to any other of the 48 US states, or in regards to international shipping, shipping to some regions and countries are more expensive than others. Sellers configure domestic and international shipping rate tables in My eBay Shipping Preferences. To apply shipping rate tables to a listing, the shipping cost type must be flat-rate. For domestic shipping rate tables, the three supported domestic regions are Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates (e.g. Puerto Rico and Guam), and APO/FPO destinations, which are US military bases/locations outside of the continental US. In addition to setting one flat rate based on the destination and service level, the seller also has the option of adding an extra charge based on the weight of the shipping package, or they can add a surcharge instead. To determine if a domestic shipping rate table is set up for the seller's account, the GetUser call can be used, and then the seller will look for a value of `true` in the User.SellerInfo.DomesticRateTable field. Although the GetUser call can be used to see if a domestic shipping rate table exists for the seller's account, details of the shipping rate table, including all specified costs for the different regions, can only be viewed and modified in My eBay Shipping Preferences. This functionality is not yet available in any public APIs. For international shipping rate tables, specific rates may be set up for any and all of the nine geographical regions and individual countries within those regions. Similar to domestic shipping rate tables, the seller has the option of adding an extra charge based on the weight of the shipping package. Sellers cannot add a surcharge for international shipping. To determine if a international shipping rate table is set up for the seller's account, the GetUser call can be used, and then the seller will look for a value of `true` in the User.SellerInfo.InternationalRateTable field. Although the GetUser call can be used to see if an international shipping rate table exists for the seller's account, details of the shipping rate table, including all specified costs for the different regions/countries, can only be viewed and modified in My eBay Shipping Preferences. This functionality is not yet available in any public APIs. If you are applying a domestic or international shipping rate table that specifies a surcharge by weight, you must specify the item weight in the ShippingPackageDetails container's WeightMajor and WeightMinor fields, even though the listing is using flat-rate shipping. Do not use any other fields in the ShippingPackageDetails container because none of those fields are applicable in this use case. This container is only returned in the 'Get' calls if one or more shipping rate tables have been applied to the listing, and if the call is being made by the seller who listed the item. Note: The capability to create and use multiple domestic and international shipping rate tables (up to 40 per seller account) has rolled out to the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. For other sites, only one domestic and one international shipping rate table may be set up per seller. Whether a seller is using the old default domestic and international shipping rate tables or the new shipping rate tables, these shipping rate tables are set up in My eBay Shipping Preferences or as part of a Shipping Business Policy. If using the Trading API to create a listing that will use the new shipping rate tables, the DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId fields are used to reference and apply these new shipping rate tables to the listing. If desired, sellers can still use the old default shipping rate tables, but they are not allowed to mix and match old and new shipping rate tables, meaning that they will get an error if they pass in both the old fields (DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable) and the new fields (DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId). The new shipping rate tables have all of the functionality of the old shipping rate tables, plus the seller has access to all domestic regions and not just the special regions (such as Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates, and APO/FPO locations in US). See Shipping rate tables for more information on using shipping rate tables..
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .RateTableDetails .DomesticRateTable	string	Conditional	This field is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to apply the domestic shipping rate table to the listing. In all cases, sellers pass in a string value of `Default` to apply the domestic shipping rate table. The shipping rates and/or surcharges set up in the domestic shipping rate table will only be applicable based on the location of the buyer, and if that shipping service level is covered in one of the specified shipping service options in the listing. Basically, domestic shipping costs and surcharges are set in one or more ShippingServiceOptions containers in the listing, and based on the settings and costs in the domestic shipping rate table, these shipping costs and/or surcharges may be overridden based on the buyer's location. For example, if the buyer lives in Alaska, and the domestic shipping rate table has one or more shipping rates set up for the Alaska & Hawaii domestic region, the buyer will see these rates in the View Item page and not the rates/costs that are defined in the ShippingServiceOptions containers. If a seller is revising or relisting an item, the domestic shipping rate table can be unassociated from the listing by using the empty tag: `<DomesticRateTable />` This field is returned in the 'Get' calls if a domestic rate table is being applied to the listing, and it is only returned for the seller who listed the item. Note: The capability to create and use multiple domestic and international shipping rate tables (up to 40 per seller account) has rolled out to the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. Currently, for sites other than the ones stated, only one domestic and one international shipping rate table may be set up per seller. Until the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will continue to use the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags and pass in `Default` as the value. Once the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will be required to use the new DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId tags, and the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags will not work. Note that shipping rate tables can also be applied to Shipping business policies that are applied against a listing. The new shipping rate tables have all of the functionality of the old shipping rate tables, plus the seller has access to all domestic regions and not just the special regions (such as Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates, and APO/FPO locations in US). Max length: 50. See Shipping rate tables for more information on using shipping rate tables..
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .RateTableDetails .DomesticRateTableId	string	Conditional	Note: This field is only available for sellers on the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. The unique shipping rate identifiers that will be passed into this field can be retrieved using the getRateTables call of the Account API, or these identifiers can be viewed in the displayed URL when the seller selects a specific shipping rate table in the Shipping rate tables UI in My eBay. This field is included in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call if the seller wants to apply a customized domestic shipping rate table to the listing. The string value that is supplied in this field is the unique identifier of the shipping rate table. If the DomesticRateTableId field is used, the seller must make sure that the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable fields are not used, as the old and new rate tables cannot be used together or an error will occur. In domestic shipping rate tables, sellers customize the flat-rate cost of shipping based on shipping destination (region/state/province) and shipping service level (one-day, expedited, standard, economy in US). In addition to setting one flat rate based on the destination and service level, the seller also has the option of adding an extra charge based on the weight of the shipping package, or they can add a surcharge instead. If the seller is using the Revise or Relist call, they must include the DomesticRateTableId field or the domestic shipping rate table currently being applied to the listing will be unassociated from the listing. If they want to continue using the same domestic shipping rate table, the seller will pass in this identifier. The seller can also change the domestic shipping rate table by passing in the identifier for a different domestic shipping rate table. If a seller is revising or relisting an item, the domestic shipping rate table can be unassociated from the listing by using the empty tag: `<DomesticRateTableId />` This field is returned in the 'Get' calls if a customized domestic rate table is being applied to the listing, and it is only returned for the seller who listed the item. Note: The capability to create and use multiple domestic and international shipping rate tables (up to 40 per seller account) has rolled out to the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. For other sites, only one domestic and one international shipping rate table may be set up per seller. Until the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will continue to use the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags and pass in `Default` as the value. Once the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will be required to use the new DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId tags, and the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags will not work. Note that shipping rate tables can also be applied to Shipping business policies that are applied against a listing. The new shipping rate tables have all of the functionality of the old shipping rate tables, plus the seller has access to all domestic regions and not just the special regions (such as Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates, and APO/FPO locations in US). Max length: 50.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .RateTableDetails .InternationalRateTable	string	Conditional	This field is used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to apply the international shipping rate table to the listing. International shipping rate tables can be used only for items listed on the eBay US, UK, and DE sites. In all cases, sellers pass in a string value of `Default` to apply the international shipping rate table. The shipping rates set up in the international shipping rate table will only be applicable based on the location of the buyer, and if that shipping service level is covered in one of the specified international shipping service options in the listing. Basically, international shipping costs are set in one or more InternationalShippingServiceOption containers in the listing, and based on the settings and costs in the international shipping rate table, these shipping costs may be overridden based on the buyer's location. For example, if the buyer lives in Argentina, and the international shipping rate table has one or more shipping rates set up for the country of Argentina, the buyer will see these rates in the View Item page and not the rates/costs that are defined in the InternationalShippingServiceOption containers. If a seller is revising or relisting an item, the international shipping rate table can be unassociated from the listing by using the empty tag: `<InternationalRateTable />` This field is returned in the 'Get' calls if an international rate table is being applied to the listing, and it is only returned for the seller who listed the item. Note: The capability to create and use multiple domestic and international shipping rate tables (up to 40 per seller account) has rolled out to the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. Currently, for sites other than the ones stated, only one domestic and one international shipping rate table may be set up per seller. Until the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will continue to use the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags and pass in `Default` as the value. Once the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will be required to use the new DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId tags, and the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags will not work. Note that shipping rate tables can also be applied to Shipping business policies that are applied against a listing. The new shipping rate tables have all of the functionality of the old shipping rate tables, plus the seller has access to all domestic regions and not just the special regions (such as Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates, and APO/FPO locations in US). Max length: 50. See Shipping rate tables for more information on using shipping rate tables..
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .RateTableDetails .InternationalRateTableId	string	Conditional	Note: This field is only available to sellers on the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. The unique shipping rate identifiers that will be passed into this field can be retrieved using the getRateTables call of the Account API, or these identifiers can be viewed in the displayed URL when the seller selects a specific shipping rate table in the Shipping rate tables UI in My eBay. This field is included in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call if the seller wants to apply a customized international shipping rate table to the listing. The string value that is supplied in this field is the unique identifier of the shipping rate table. If the InternationalRateTableId field is used, the seller must make sure that the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable fields are not used, as the old and new rate tables cannot be used together or an error will occur. In international shipping rate tables, sellers customize the flat-rate cost of shipping based on shipping destination (continent/region/country) and shipping service level (expedited, standard, economy in US). In addition to setting one flat rate based on the destination and service level, the seller also has the option of adding an extra charge based on the weight of the shipping package. Unlike domestic shipping, sellers cannot add a surcharge for international shipping. If the seller is using the Revise or Relist call, they must include the InternationalRateTableId field or the international shipping rate table currently being applied to the listing will be unassociated from the listing. If they want to continue using the same international shipping rate table, the seller will pass in this identifier. The seller can also change the international shipping rate table by passing in the identifier for a different international shipping rate table. If a seller is revising or relisting an item, the domestic shipping rate table can be unassociated from the listing by using the empty tag: `<InternationalRateTableId />` This field is returned in the 'Get' calls if a customized international rate table is being applied to the listing, and it is only returned for the seller who listed the item. Note: The capability to create and use multiple domestic and international shipping rate tables (up to 40 per seller account) has rolled out to the US, Australia, Canada (English and French), Italy, UK, and Germany sites. For other sites, only one domestic and one international shipping rate table may be set up per seller. Until the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will continue to use the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags and pass in `Default` as the value. Once the seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will be required to use the new DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId tags, and the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags will not work. Note that shipping rate tables can also be applied to Shipping business policies that are applied against a listing. The new shipping rate tables have all of the functionality of the old shipping rate tables, plus the seller has access to all domestic regions and not just the special regions (such as Alaska & Hawaii, US Protectorates, and APO/FPO locations in US). Max length: 50.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails.SalesTax	SalesTaxType	Optional	This container shows sales tax information for an item in a specific tax jurisdiction. The concept of 'sales tax' is only applicable to eBay US and Canada (English and French) sites. This container can be used in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call to set sales tax settings for a specific tax jurisdiction, but it is actually a better practice if a user sets up sales tax rates through the Sales Tax Table tool in My eBay (or by using the SetTaxTable call). A seller's Sales Tax Table is applied to the listing by including the UseTaxTable field in the request and setting its value to `true`. The GetTaxTable call can be used to retrieve the current sales tax rates for different tax jurisdictions. This container is only returned in order management 'Get' calls if sales tax is applicable to the order line item. For eBay Collect and Remit states, the sales tax information is displayed in the Transaction.Taxes container instead. Note: Buyers in all 50 US states and DC are automatically charged sales tax for eBay purchases, and eBay collects and remits this sales tax to the proper taxing authority on the buyer's behalf. Because of this, if a sales tax percentage rate is applied to a listing by a seller in one of these states, this field will be ignored during the checkout process. Currently, sales tax percentage rates can only be specified by sellers in Canada and 5 US territories, including American Samoa (AS), Guam (GU), Northern Mariana Islands (MP), Palau (PW), and Virgin Islands (VI). See Multi-jurisdiction sales tax.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails.SalesTax .SalesTaxPercent	float	Optional	This float value is the sales tax percentage rate applicable to the corresponding tax jurisdiction (US state or Canadian province). Sellers are responsible for providing accurate sales tax rates for each jurisdiction. This sales tax rate comes into play when a buyer from that tax jurisdiction makes a purchase from the seller. The value passed in is stored with a precision of 3 digits after the decimal point (##.###). This field is only returned in order management calls if sales tax applies to the order line item, and is only in GetItem (and other 'Get' calls) if sales tax is applicable to the listing or order line item, and the seller is the person making the call. Although this field will be returned at the order level in order management calls for a single line item order, sales tax is applied at the line item level and not order level. For multiple line item orders, this field will not be returned at all at the order level. Note: Buyers in all 50 US states and DC are automatically charged sales tax for eBay purchases, and eBay collects and remits this sales tax to the proper taxing authority on the buyer's behalf. Because of this, if a sales tax percentage rate is applied to a listing by a seller in one of these states, this field will be ignored during the checkout process. Currently, sales tax percentage rates can only be specified by sellers in Canada and 5 US territories, including American Samoa (AS), Guam (GU), Northern Mariana Islands (MP), Palau (PW), and Virgin Islands (VI).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails.SalesTax .SalesTaxState	string	Optional	This is the unique, two-digit identifier of the tax jurisdiction (such as 'CA' for California). To retrieve all two-digit identifiers for all states/territories/provinces for a site, a seller can either use a GetTaxTable call with DetailLevel set to `ReturnAll`, or they can use the GeteBayDetails call with DetailLevel name set to `TaxJurisdiction`. Please note that both GetTaxTable and GeteBayDetails calls use a JurisdictionID field to express these tax jurisdiction identifiers instead of SalesTaxState, but the values used in these fields are the same. The SalesTaxState field is conditionally required in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call if the seller is applying sales tax to a listing for a particular jurisdiction, and is returned with each SalesTax container to identify the tax jurisdiction.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails.SalesTax .ShippingIncludedInTax	boolean	Optional	This field is included in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call and set to `true` if the seller wants sales tax for the jurisdiction to apply to the cumulative amount of item cost and shipping charges. This value defaults to `false` if not specified. This field is always returned with the SalesTax container (whether `true` or `false`). Note: Buyers in all 50 US states and DC are automatically charged sales tax for eBay purchases, and eBay collects and remits this sales tax to the proper taxing authority on the buyer's behalf. Because of this, if a sales tax percentage rate is applied to a listing by a seller in one of these states, this field will be ignored during the checkout process. Currently, sales tax percentage rates can only be specified by sellers in Canada and 5 US territories, including American Samoa (AS), Guam (GU), Northern Mariana Islands (MP), Palau (PW), and Virgin Islands (VI). Default: False.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingDiscountProfileID	string	Conditional	On input, this is the ID of the shipping discount to offer for the domestic shipping services (where the shipping discount is either of type FlatShippingDiscount or CalculatedShippingDiscount). On output, this is the ID of the shipping discount offered and corresponds to whichever is returned: FlatShippingDiscount or CalculatedShippingDiscount. Only returned if the calling user is the seller. If the user created a shipping discount profile, use the ShippingDiscountProfileID. In the RelistItem and ReviseItem family of calls, you can remove the existing ShippingDiscountProfileID associated with the item by supplying a value of 0 (zero). Only returned if the calling user is the seller. See Shipping discount profiles.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions	ShippingServiceOptionsType	Conditional, repeatable: [0..*]	This container is used to provide details on a specific domestic shipping service option, including the unique identifier of the shipping service option and the costs related to domestic shipping service. A separate ShippingServiceOptions container is needed for each domestic shipping service option that is available to ship the item. Unless a fulfillment business policy is being used, generally at least one ShippingServiceOptions container will be required. If you specify multiple ShippingServiceOptions nodes, the repeating nodes must be contiguous. For example, you can insert InternationalShippingServiceOption nodes after a list of repeating ShippingServiceOptions nodes, but not between them: `<ShippingServiceOptions>...</ShippingServiceOptions> <ShippingServiceOptions>...</ShippingServiceOptions> <ShippingServiceOptions>...</ShippingServiceOptions> <InternationalShippingServiceOption>...</InternationalShippingServiceOption> <InternationalShippingServiceOption>...</InternationalShippingServiceOption>` If you specify ShippingDetails when you revise or relist an item but you omit ShippingServiceOptions, eBay will drop the domestic shipping services from the listing. This may also have unintended side effects, as other fields that depend on this data may be dropped as well. To retain the shipping services and dependent fields when you modify other shipping details, it may be simplest to specify all ShippingDetails that you still want to include in the listing. A seller can offer up to four domestic shipping services and up to five international shipping services. However, if the seller is opted in to the Global Shipping Program or eBay International Shipping, only four other international shipping services may be offered (regardless of whether or not Global Shipping shipment or eBay International Shipping is offered for the listing). All specified domestic and international shipping services must be the same shipping type (for example, Flat versus Calculated). Note: If the seller has set the shipping cost model to 'Flat' or 'Calculated' (ShippingDetails.ShippingType field), at least one actual shipping service option must be specified through a ShippingServiceOptions container. In the past, eBay allowed users to set the shipping cost model to 'Flat' or 'Calculated', and then just pass in one ShippingServiceOptions container with the ShippingServiceOptions.ShipppingService value set to a 'Local Pickup' option. Now, sellers must pass in at least one actual domestic shipping service option in addition to any 'Local Pickup' option, or the listing will be blocked with the following error: 17510 - You must specify at least one domestic shipping service, other than or in addition to Local Pickup. For GetItemShipping, results are filtered: if any service is not available in the buyer's region, it is removed. If no services remain after this filtering, a warning is returned. See Repeating (unbounded) fields for rules regarding repeating instances of a nodes (nodes for which maxOccurs is "unbounded" or is greater than 1).
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .FreeShipping	boolean	Conditional	This boolean field indicates whether or not the corresponding domestic shipping service option is free to the buyer. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, free shipping can only be offered for the first specified shipping service (so, the corresponding ShippingServicePriority value should be `1` or included first in the call request). If 'free shipping' is for any other shipping service, this field is ignored. For 'Get' calls, including GetItem, this field is only returned if `1`. Note: If a seller is specifying a shipping service option as 'free shipping', in addition to this FreeShipping boolean field, the seller will also need to include the corresponding ShippingServiceCost field and set its value to `0.0`, as eBay will not do this automatically. Note: If the condition is certified refurbished (ConditionID set to `2000`, 'Certified - Refurbished'), you must offer a free shipping option. Set FreeShipping as `true` (or `1`) along with the ShippingServiceCost as `0.0` for the first domestic shipping service. See Free shipping.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingService	token	Conditional	This enumeration value indicates a specific domestic shipping service option being offered by the seller to ship an item to a buyer who is located within the same country as the item. This field is required to identify each domestic shipping service option that is specified with a ShippingServiceOptions container. For a list of valid ShippingService values, call GeteBayDetails with DetailName set to `ShippingServiceDetails`. The ShippingServiceDetails.ValidForSellingFlow flag must also be present. Otherwise, that particular shipping service option is no longer valid and cannot be offered to buyers through a listing. To view the full list of domestic shipping service options in the response, look for the ShippingServiceDetails.ShippingService fields. Domestic shipping service options will not have a InternationalService = `true` field, as this indicates that the ShippingService value is an International shipping service option. Note: The eBay standard envelope (eSE) is a domestic envelope service with tracking through eBay. This service applies to specific sub-categories of Trading Cards, and to coins & paper money, postcards, stamps, patches, and similar eligible categories, and is only available on the US marketplace. See eBay standard envelope for details, restrictions, and an envelope size template. To use this service, send envelopes using the USPS mail and set the ShippingService field to `US_eBayStandardEnvelope`. For the REST equivalent, see Using the eBay standard envelope (eSE) service. See GeteBayDetails. Applicable values: See ShippingServiceCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost	AmountType (double)	Conditional	The cost of shipping each additional item if the same buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. This field is required when creating a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing. Generally, the seller will give the buyer a shipping discount if that buyer purchases multiple quantity of the item, so this value should usually be less than the value set for ShippingServiceCost. The value of this field can even be set to `0` if the seller wants to encourage buyers to buy multiple quantity of the item, or it could be that the seller can fit multiple quantities of the line item in a single shipping package, so the seller is just passing this shipping savings onto the buyer. This field is not applicable for single-quantity listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The cost of shipping each additional item if the same buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. This field is required when creating a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing. Generally, the seller will give the buyer a shipping discount if that buyer purchases multiple quantity of the item, so this value should usually be less than the value set for ShippingServiceCost. The value of this field can even be set to `0` if the seller wants to encourage buyers to buy multiple quantity of the item, or it could be that the seller can fit multiple quantities of the line item in a single shipping package, so the seller is just passing this shipping savings onto the buyer. This field is not applicable for single-quantity listings. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingServiceCost	AmountType (double)	Conditional	The base cost of shipping one unit of the item using the shipping service specified in the corresponding ShippingService field. In the case of a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing, the ShippingServiceAdditionalCost field also becomes applicable, and shows the cost to ship each additional unit of the item if the buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. Note: If the corresponding shipping service option is set as a 'free shipping' option (FreeShipping set to `true`) and flat-rate shipping is being used domestically (ShippingType is set to `Flat` or `FlatDomesticCalculatedInternational`), the seller must still include this ShippingServiceCost field and set its value to `0.0`, as eBay will not do this automatically. Do not include ShippingServiceCost when the domestic shipping service option is set to represent domestic calculated shipping (ShippingType is set to `Calculated` or `CalculatedDomesticFlatInternational`), as error 10019 occurs. When returned by GetItemShipping, it includes the packaging and handling cost. Note that if ShippingService is set to `LocalPickup`, ShippingServiceCost must be set to `0.0`. Also, if a shipping service has been specified (even LocalPickup), GetItem returns the shipping service cost, even if the cost is zero. If this is for calculated shipping for a listing that has not yet ended, note that the cost cannot be determined until the listing has ended and the buyer has specified a postal code.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingServiceCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The base cost of shipping one unit of the item using the shipping service specified in the corresponding ShippingService field. In the case of a multiple-quantity, fixed-price listing, the ShippingServiceAdditionalCost field also becomes applicable, and shows the cost to ship each additional unit of the item if the buyer purchases multiple quantity of the same line item. Note: If the corresponding shipping service option is set as a 'free shipping' option (FreeShipping set to `true`) and flat-rate shipping is being used domestically (ShippingType is set to `Flat` or `FlatDomesticCalculatedInternational`), the seller must still include this ShippingServiceCost field and set its value to `0.0`, as eBay will not do this automatically. Do not include ShippingServiceCost when the domestic shipping service option is set to represent domestic calculated shipping (ShippingType is set to `Calculated` or `CalculatedDomesticFlatInternational`), as error 10019 occurs. When returned by GetItemShipping, it includes the packaging and handling cost. Note that if ShippingService is set to `LocalPickup`, ShippingServiceCost must be set to `0.0`. Also, if a shipping service has been specified (even LocalPickup), GetItem returns the shipping service cost, even if the cost is zero. If this is for calculated shipping for a listing that has not yet ended, note that the cost cannot be determined until the listing has ended and the buyer has specified a postal code. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails .ShippingServiceOptions .ShippingServicePriority	int	Conditional	Controls the order (relative to other shipping services) in which the corresponding ShippingService will appear in the View Item and Checkout page. Sellers can specify up to four domestic shipping services (with four ShippingServiceOptions containers), so valid values are 1, 2, 3, and 4. A shipping service with a ShippingServicePriority value of 1 appears at the top. Conversely, a shipping service with a ShippingServicePriority value of 4 appears at the bottom of a list of four shipping service options. If this field is omitted from domestic shipping service options, the order of the shipping service options in View Item and Checkout pages will be determined by the order that these shipping service options are presented in the request payload of an Add/Revise/Relist call.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingDetails.ShippingType	ShippingTypeCodeType	Optional	The shipping cost model offered by the seller. This is not returned for various calls since shipping type can be deduced: if a CalculatedShippingRate structure is returned by the call, the shipping type is Calculated. Otherwise, it is one of the other non-Calculated shipping types. GetItemShipping and GetItemTransactions: If the type was a mix of flat and calculated services, this is set simply to Flat or Calculated because it is the buyer's selection that results in one of these. GetMyeBayBuying: If the seller has set the ShipToLocation to `Worldwide` for an item, but has not specified any international shipping service options, `NotSpecified` is returned as the ShippingType value. Applicable values: See ShippingType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails	ShipPackageDetailsType	Conditional	Container consisting of dimension and size details related to a shipping package in which an item will be sent. The information in this container is applicable if the seller is using calculated shipping or flat rate shipping using shipping rate tables with weight surcharges. This container is only returned in the Get calls if specified for the item. Note: For ReviseItem and ReviseFixedPriceItem calls: For flat-rate shipping, if any of the ShippingPackageDetails fields are defined for the current listing, those fields must be included again in the revise call even if their values are not changing. If you do not do this, some/all of the fields under this container may be removed from the listing. To find out the values included in the current listing, call GetItem and look through the ShippingPackageDetails container in the response. Note: Package weight and dimensions are only supported for the following marketplaces: AU, CA, DE, IT, UK, US, and Motors. If this information is provided on other marketplaces, it will be ignored. See Package dimensions and weight.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .MeasurementUnit	MeasurementSystemCodeType	Conditional	Specifies the unit type of the weight and dimensions of a shipping package. If MeasurementUnit is used, it overrides the system specified by measurementSystem. If MeasurementUnit and measurementSystem are not specified, the following defaults will be used: English: US Metric: CA, CAFR, AU CA and CAFR supports both English and Metric, while other sites only support the site's default. Use MeasurementUnit with weight and package dimensions. For example, to represent a 5 lbs 2 oz package: `<MeasurementUnit>English</MeasurementUnit> <WeightMajor>5</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor>2</WeightMinor>` Applicable values: English (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that the English system of measurement is being used. Also known as the Imperial System of Measurement. Weights in this system are expressed as pounds and ounces, and package dimensions are expressed as feet or inches. Metric (in/out) This enumeration value indicates that the English system of measurement is being used. Weights in this system are expressed as kilograms and grams, and package dimensions are expressed as meters or centimeters. See Package dimensions and weight.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .PackageDepth	MeasureType (decimal)	Conditional	Depth of the package, in whole number of inches, needed to ship the item. This is validated against the selected shipping service. Upon mismatch, a message is returned, such as, "Package dimensions exceeds maximum allowable limit for service XXXXX," where XXXXX is the name of the shipping service. For calculated shipping only. Only returned if the seller specified the value for the item. (In many cases, the seller only specifies the weight fields.) Developer impact: UPS requires dimensions for any Ground packages that are 3 cubic feet or larger and for all air packages, if they are to provide correct shipping cost. If package dimensions are not included for an item listed with calculated shipping, the shipping cost returned will be an estimate based on standard dimensions for the defined package type. eBay enforces a dimensions requirement on listings so that buyers receive accurate calculated shipping costs. Note: The unit and measurementSystem attributes associated with this field will be returned by the GetItem call and are automatically derived based on the MeasurementUnit value specified during listing creation or revision. These attributes will be ignored if passed into the request of the AddItem family of calls. See Package dimensions and weight.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .PackageLength	MeasureType (decimal)	Conditional	Length of the package, in whole number of inches, needed to ship the item. Upon mismatch, a message is returned, such as, "Package dimensions exceeds maximum allowable limit for service XXXXX," where XXXXX is the name of the shipping service. For calculated shipping only. Only returned if the seller specified the value for the item. (In many cases, the seller only specifies the weight fields.) Note: The unit and measurementSystem attributes associated with this field will be returned by the GetItem call and are automatically derived based on the MeasurementUnit value specified during listing creation or revision. These attributes will be ignored if passed into the request of the AddItem family of calls. See Package dimensions and weight.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .PackageWidth	MeasureType (decimal)	Conditional	Width of the package, in whole number of inches, needed to ship the item. Upon mismatch, a message is returned, such as, "Package dimensions exceeds maximum allowable limit for service XXXXX," where XXXXX is the name of the shipping service. For calculated shipping only. Only returned if the seller specified the value for the item. (In many cases, the seller only specifies the weight fields.) Note: The unit and measurementSystem attributes associated with this field will be returned by the GetItem call and are automatically derived based on the MeasurementUnit value specified during listing creation or revision. These attributes will be ignored if passed into the request of the AddItem family of calls. See Package dimensions and weight.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .ShippingIrregular	boolean	Optional	Whether a package is irregular and therefore cannot go through the stamping machine at the shipping service office and thus requires special or fragile handling. For calculated shipping only.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .ShippingPackage	ShippingPackageCodeType	Conditional	The nature of the package used to ship the item(s). Required for calculated shipping only. Applicable values: See ShippingPackage.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .WeightMajor	MeasureType (decimal)	Conditional	WeightMajor and WeightMinor are used to specify the weight of a shipping package. WeightMajor is used to specify the weight of the package in pounds (in US) or kilograms (all countries that use metric system). Although MeasureType is of decimal type, decimal values should not be used in WeightMajor and WeightMinor. If a shipping package was 5 pounds and 1.8 ounces, the 1.8 ounces should be rounded up to an even 2 ounces. The same is for kilograms. If the package is 2.267 kilgram, you would round up the grams. Below shows you how to represent a package weight of 5 lbs 2 oz and and 2 kg 3 gr: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">5</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">2</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">2</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">3</WeightMinor>` If a package weighed 14 oz or 324 gr, below is how you would represent this weight: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">0</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">14</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">0</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">324</WeightMinor>` If a package weighed exactly 2 lbs or 105 kg, below is how you would represent this weight: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">2</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">0</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">105</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">0</WeightMinor>` In all cases, both the WeightMajor and WeightMinor should be specified in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call, even if either's value is '0'. The WeightMajor and WeightMinor are applicable for calculated shipping or for flat-rate shipping if shipping rate tables are specified and the shipping rate table uses weight surcharges. Note: The unit and measurementSystem attributes associated with this field will be returned by the GetItem call and are automatically derived based on the MeasurementUnit value specified during listing creation or revision. These attributes will be ignored if passed into the request of the AddItem family of calls.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingPackageDetails .WeightMinor	MeasureType (decimal)	Conditional	WeightMajor and WeightMinor are used to specify the weight of a shipping package. WeightMinor is used to specify the weight of the package in ounces (in US) or grams (all countries that use metric system). Although MeasureType is of decimal type, decimal values should not be used in WeightMajor and WeightMinor. If a shipping package was 5 pounds and 1.8 ounces, the 1.8 ounces should be rounded up to an even 2 ounces. The same is for kilograms. If the package is 2.267 kilgram, you would round up the grams. Below shows you how to represent a package weight of 5 lbs 2 oz and and 2 kg 3 gr: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">5</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">2</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">2</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">3</WeightMinor>` If a package weighed 14 oz or 324 gr, below is how you would represent this weight: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">0</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">14</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">0</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">324</WeightMinor>` If a package weighed exactly 2 lbs or 105 kg, below is how you would represent this weight: `<WeightMajor unit="lbs">2</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="oz">0</WeightMinor> <WeightMajor unit="kg">105</WeightMajor> <WeightMinor unit="gr">0</WeightMinor>` In all cases, both the WeightMajor and WeightMinor should be specified in an Add/Revise/Relist/Verify call, even if either's value is '0'. The WeightMajor and WeightMinor are applicable for calculated shipping or for flat-rate shipping if shipping rate tables are specified and the shipping rate table uses weight surcharges. Note: The unit and measurementSystem attributes associated with this field will be returned by the GetItem call and are automatically derived based on the MeasurementUnit value specified during listing creation or revision. These attributes will be ignored if passed into the request of the AddItem family of calls. Min: 0. Max: 15 for ounces; 999 for grams.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList	ShippingServiceCostOverrideListType	Optional	This container is used when the seller wants to override the flat shipping costs for all domestic and/or all international shipping services defined in the shipping business policy referenced in the SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile.ShippingProfileID field. Shipping costs include the cost to ship one item, the cost to ship each additional identical item, and any shipping surcharges applicable to domestic shipping services. A ShippingServiceCostOverrideList.ShippingServiceCostOverride container is required for each domestic and/or international shipping service that is defined in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService and intlShippingPolicyInfoService containers of the shipping business policy. Note: To make sure that the shipping cost override and policies are set correctly on an item (that is using business policies and has one or more shipping service cost overrides set up), the Item.SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile container and the Item.ShippingServiceCostOverrideList.ShippingServiceCostOverride container(s) must be included, even if no changes are being made. Shipping service cost overrides are a listing-level concept, and the shipping costs specified through each ShippingServiceCostOverrideList.ShippingServiceCostOverride container will not change the shipping costs defined for the same shipping services in the shipping business policy. For Revise and Relist calls: To delete all shipping service cost overrides when you revise or relist, specify Item.ShippingServiceCostOverrideList in DeletedField, and don't pass ShippingServiceCostOverrideList in the request.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride	ShippingServiceCostOverrideType	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	A ShippingServiceCostOverride container is required for each domestic and/or international shipping service option, defined in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService and intlShippingPolicyInfoService containers of the Business Policies shipping profile, that the seller wishes to override the shipping costs. Shipping costs include the cost to ship one item, the cost to ship each additional identical item, and any shipping surcharges applicable to domestic shipping services. Shipping service cost overrides are a listing-level concept, and the shipping costs specified through each ShippingServiceCostOverride container will not change the shipping costs defined for the same shipping service options in the Business Policies shipping profile. To override the shipping costs for any domestic shipping service option in the Business Policies shipping profile, the ShippingServiceType field should be set to 'Domestic', and to override the shipping costs for any international shipping service option, the ShippingServiceType field should be set to 'International'. For both domestic and international shipping services, the ShippingServicePriority value should match the sortOrderId value for the matching shipping service in the shipping profile. If any of the domestic and/or international shipping service priorities and shipping service options in the Add/Revise/Relist call and Business Policies shipping profile do not match, an error occurs. If shipping service cost overrides are used in a listing, the ShippingServiceCostOverride container will be returned in the GetItem, and GetSellerList calls.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost	AmountType (double)	Optional	This dollar value indicates the cost to ship each additional identical item to the buyer. If the shipping service costs override operation is successful, this value will override the corresponding shippingServiceAdditionalCost value set in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService (domestic shipping service) or intlShippingPolicyInfoService (international shipping service) containers in the Business Policies shipping profile. This field is only applicable to multi-quantity, fixed-price listings.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServiceAdditionalCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This dollar value indicates the cost to ship each additional identical item to the buyer. If the shipping service costs override operation is successful, this value will override the corresponding shippingServiceAdditionalCost value set in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService (domestic shipping service) or intlShippingPolicyInfoService (international shipping service) containers in the Business Policies shipping profile. This field is only applicable to multi-quantity, fixed-price listings. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServiceCost	AmountType (double)	Optional	This dollar value indicates the shipping service cost to ship one item to the buyer. If the shipping service costs override operation is successful, this value will override the corresponding shippingServiceCost value set in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService (domestic shipping service) or intlShippingPolicyInfoService (international shipping service) containers in the Business Policies shipping profile.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServiceCost [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	This dollar value indicates the shipping service cost to ship one item to the buyer. If the shipping service costs override operation is successful, this value will override the corresponding shippingServiceCost value set in the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService (domestic shipping service) or intlShippingPolicyInfoService (international shipping service) containers in the Business Policies shipping profile. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServicePriority	int	Optional	This integer value maps the particular instance of the ShippingServiceCostOverride container to the domesticShippingPolicyInfoService or intlShippingPolicyInfoService container of the Business Policies shipping profile. The ShippingServicePriority value should match the sortOrderId value for the matching shipping service in the Business Policies shipping profile. If overriding the shipping costs for a domestic shipping service, the ShippingServiceType field should be set to 'Domestic', and to override the shipping costs for an international shipping service, the ShippingServiceType field should be set to 'International'. If any of the domestic and/or international shipping service priorities and shipping service options in the Add/Revise/Relist call and Business Policies shipping profile do not match, an error occurs.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShippingServiceCostOverrideList .ShippingServiceCostOverride .ShippingServiceType	ShippingServiceType	Optional	This enumerated value indicates whether the shipping costs of a domestic or an international shipping costs are being overridden. To override the shipping costs for any domestic shipping service in the Business Policies shipping profile, this field should be set to 'Domestic', and to override the shipping costs for any international shipping service, this field should be set to 'International'. Applicable values: Domestic (in/out) This value should be used if the seller is overriding shipping costs for all domestic shipping services defined in the Business Policies shipping profile. International (in/out) This value should be used if the seller is overriding shipping costs for all international shipping services defined in the Business Policies shipping profile.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .ShipToLocations	string	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	An international location or region to which the seller is willing to ship, regardless of shipping service. The country of the listing site is added by eBay. Note: For sellers who are using a shipping (aka Fulfillment) business policy to create/revise/relist an item, the ShipToLocations field should not be used in the request. A fulfillment business policy can be set up and/or modified in My eBay, or via the Account API. A fulfillment business policy is associated to a listing through the Item.SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile container. Use GeteBayDetails with a DetailName of ShippingLocationDetails to determine which international locations are valid for the site. Omit ShipToLocations if you want to ship only within the country of the listing site. To state that you do not wish to ship at all, set ShipToLocations to `None`. ReviseItem can add a ShipToLocations. On output, ShipToLocations is the collection of all input item-level ShipToLocations plus international shipping service-level ShipToLocation values. Note: The ShipToLocations and ShippingDetails.ExcludeShipToLocation containers are not applicable for motor vehicle listings on the US, CA, or UK marketplaces. If these containers are sent in the request, they are ignored and a warning is returned. If you have specified a region to which you will ship (such as Asia), you can use ExcludeShipToLocation to exclude certain countries within that region to where you will not ship (such as Afghanistan). Note: To create a listing that is 'Local Pickup only' (buyer picks up, with no shipping/delivery available), the user does the following two things: Either omit the entire ShippingDetails container, or pass in an empty ShippingDetails container - <ShippingDetails/> Pass in one ShipToLocations field, with its value set to `None` - <ShipToLocations>None</ShipToLocations> See: Shipping information GeteBayDetails Applicable values: See CountryCodeType, ShippingRegionCodeType
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Site	SiteCodeType	Optional	The name of the eBay listing site. The listing site affects the business logic and validation rules that are applied to the request, which in turn affect the values that are returned in the response, as well as values that appear on the eBay site. For example, the listing site can affect the validation of Category in listing requests, international business seller requirements, the values of converted (localized) prices in responses, the item-related time stamps that are displayed on the eBay site, the visibility of the item in some types of searches (e.g., GetCategoryListings), and other information. In some cases, the rules are determined by a combination of the site, the user's registration address, and other information. You cannot change the site when you revise a listing. When you specify Item.Site in AddItem or AddFixedPriceItem, it must be consistent with the numeric site ID that you specify in the request URL (for the SOAP API) or the X-EBAY-API-SITEID header (for the XML API). Applicable values: See Site.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SKU	SKUType (string)	Optional	A SKU (Stock Keeping Unit) value is a seller-defined identifier for a product. Each product within a seller's inventory should be unique. Most large-volume sellers use SKUs, but eBay only requires a SKU value if the InventoryTrackingMethod field is included in an AddFixedPriceItem call and its value is set to `SKU`. Setting the InventoryTrackingMethod field to `SKU` allows the seller to use a SKU value instead of an ItemID value as a unique identifier in calls such as GetItem and ReviseInventoryStatus A seller can specify a SKU when listing an item with AddItem and related calls. eBay preserves the SKU on the item, enabling you to obtain it before and after an order line item is created. (SKU is recommended as an alternative to ApplicationData.) If both ItemID and SKU are specified in calls that support the use of SKU as a unique identifier, the ItemID value takes precedence. If a seller wants to use SKUs for multiple-variation listings, the SKU value for each product variation is actually specified at the variation level (Item.Variations.Variation.SKU) field, and the Item.SKU) field should not be included in the call request. Note: The eBay site cannot identify listings by SKU. For example, My eBay pages and Search pages all identify listings by item ID. When a buyer contacts you via eBay's messaging functionality, eBay uses the item ID as the identifier. Buyer-focused APIs (like the Shopping API) also do not support SKU as an identifier. For revising and relisting only: To remove a SKU when you revise or relist an item, use DeletedField. (You cannot remove a SKU when Item.InventoryTrackingMethod is set to SKU.) For GetItem, GetMyeBaySelling, and other 'Get' call, the SKU value will only be returned if defined for the listing. Max length: 50. See eBay Merchant Data API for AddFixedPriceItem and ReviseFixedPriceItem.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .StartPrice	AmountType (double)	Required	The original price of the item at listing or re-listing time. If this value changes when the item is revised, the new value becomes the original price. For auction listings: Competitive bidding starts at this value. Once at least one bid has been placed, StartPrice remains the same but CurrentPrice is incremented to the amount of each succeeding bid. If ReservePrice is also specified, the value of StartPrice must be lower than the value of ReservePrice. For input on fixed-price listings (FixedPriceItem): This is the constant price at which a buyer may purchase the item. GetMyeBaySelling does not return Item.StartPrice for fixed price items—it returns Item.SellingStatus.CurrentPrice. For AddFixedPriceItem and VerifyAddFixedPriceItem: Required when no variations are specified. If variations are specified, use Variation.StartPrice for each variation instead. For Revise calls: If the StartPrice value for a fixed-price item is changed with a Revise call, the MinimumBestOfferPrice and BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice fields in the ListingDetails container will be dropped (if set), basically turning off the Best Offer Auto Accept and/or Auto Decline features. If the seller wanted to reintroduce either of these Best Offer threshold values in the listing again, an additional Revise call would have to be made, passing in the desired threshold values. Note: For the US site, new eBay sellers are subject to Seller Limits, which limit the quantity of items that may be listed and/or the total cumulative value of these listings. While subject to these selling limits, an eBay seller can use the GetMyeBaySelling call to retrieve both the remaining number of listings they can create and the remaining cumulative value of these listings. These values are shown in the Summary.QuantityLimitRemaining and Summary.AmountLimitRemaining fields in the GetMyeBaySelling response. If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. These fields will only be returned if the seller is subject to seller limits. See Listing Policies.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .StartPrice [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Optional	The original price of the item at listing or re-listing time. If this value changes when the item is revised, the new value becomes the original price. For auction listings: Competitive bidding starts at this value. Once at least one bid has been placed, StartPrice remains the same but CurrentPrice is incremented to the amount of each succeeding bid. If ReservePrice is also specified, the value of StartPrice must be lower than the value of ReservePrice. For input on fixed-price listings (FixedPriceItem): This is the constant price at which a buyer may purchase the item. GetMyeBaySelling does not return Item.StartPrice for fixed price items—it returns Item.SellingStatus.CurrentPrice. For AddFixedPriceItem and VerifyAddFixedPriceItem: Required when no variations are specified. If variations are specified, use Variation.StartPrice for each variation instead. For Revise calls: If the StartPrice value for a fixed-price item is changed with a Revise call, the MinimumBestOfferPrice and BestOfferAutoAcceptPrice fields in the ListingDetails container will be dropped (if set), basically turning off the Best Offer Auto Accept and/or Auto Decline features. If the seller wanted to reintroduce either of these Best Offer threshold values in the listing again, an additional Revise call would have to be made, passing in the desired threshold values. Note: For the US site, new eBay sellers are subject to Seller Limits, which limit the quantity of items that may be listed and/or the total cumulative value of these listings. While subject to these selling limits, an eBay seller can use the GetMyeBaySelling call to retrieve both the remaining number of listings they can create and the remaining cumulative value of these listings. These values are shown in the Summary.QuantityLimitRemaining and Summary.AmountLimitRemaining fields in the GetMyeBaySelling response. If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. These fields will only be returned if the seller is subject to seller limits. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Storefront	StorefrontType	Optional	This container provides details about the seller's eBay store. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, the seller can include this container to set/change which customized eBay store category that the item will be placed in. For 'Get' calls, this container is returned if the seller of the item has an eBay store.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Storefront.StoreCategory2ID	long	Optional	Unique identifier for the secondary custom category in which to list the item. Set this field to a root-level custom category or a custom category that has no child categories (subcategories). The system resets the value to 0 (None) in the following cases: - The values of StoreCategoryID and StoreCategory2ID field are the same - You specify StoreCategory2ID but not StoreCategoryID In other words, StoreCategoryID must be set to a valid custom category and be different from StoreCategory2ID.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Storefront.StoreCategory2Name	string	Optional	Name of the secondary custom category in which to list the item. Set this field to a root-level custom category or a custom category that has no child categories (subcategories). The system resets the value to 0 (None) in the following cases: - The values of StoreCategoryName and StoreCategory2Name field are the same - You specify StoreCategory2Name but not StoreCategoryName In other words StoreCategoryName must be set to a valid custom category name and be different from StoreCategory2Name.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Storefront.StoreCategoryID	long	Optional	Unique identifier of a primary custom category in which to list the item. A custom category is a category that the seller created in their eBay Store. eBay Store sellers can create up to three levels of custom categories for their stores, but the API only supports root-level categories. To list an item using the categories in a seller's store, you must set this field to a root-level custom category or a custom category that has no child categories (subcategories). If you attempt to list an item in a category that has subcategories, the call response contains a warning, and the item is listed in the 'Other' store category.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Storefront.StoreCategoryName	string	Optional	Category name of a primary custom category in which to list the item. A custom category is a category that the seller created in their eBay Store. eBay Store sellers can create up to three levels of custom categories for their stores, but the API only supports root-level categories. To list an item using a category name from a seller's store, you must set this field to a root-level custom category or a custom category that has no child categories (subcategories). If you attempt to list an item in a category that has subcategories, the call response contains a warning, and the item is listed in the store category called 'Other'.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .SubTitle	string	Optional	Subtitle to use in addition to the title. Provides more keywords when buyers search in titles and descriptions. You cannot use HTML in the Subtitle. (HTML characters will be interpreted literally as plain text.) If you pass any value, this feature is applied (with applicable fees). When you revise a item, you can add, change, or remove the subtitle. Max length: 55. See: Remove a field (RelistItem) DeletedField Create an eBay Motors listing
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .TaxCategory	string	Conditional	Tax exception category code. This is to be used only by sellers who have opted into sales tax being calculated by a sales tax calculation vendor. If you are interested in becoming a tax calculation vendor partner with eBay, contact developer-relations@ebay.com.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .Title	string	Conditional	This field is used to specify the title of the listing. This field is conditionally required in an Add call unless the seller successfully uses the ProductListingDetails container to find an eBay catalog product match. When the seller successfully uses an eBay catalog product to create a listing, the listing title, listing description, Item Specifics, and stock photo defined in the catalog product are used to create the listing. You cannot use HTML or JavaScript in the Title. (HTML characters will be interpreted literally as plain text.) The listing title can only be changed if the active listing has yet to have any bids or sales, and the listing does not end within 12 hours. Note: When making a GetSellerEvents call, this field will be returned masked as `***************` for on-hold listings. Note: When making a GetSellerTransactions or GetMyeBaySelling call, the item ID value of the listing will be returned in this field to indicate that the listing is on hold. Max length:** 80.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .UseTaxTable	boolean	Optional	Indicates whether the seller's tax table is to be used when applying and calculating sales tax for an order line item. A sales tax table can be created programmatically using the SetTaxTable call of Trading API or the createOrReplaceSalesTax method of Account API. If UseTaxTable is set to `true`, the values contained in the seller's sales tax table will supersede the values contained in the Item.ShippingDetails.SalesTax container (if included in the request). Note: As of November 2021, buyers in all US states except for Missouri (and several US territories), will automatically be charged sales tax for purchases, and the seller does not set this rate. eBay will collect and remit this sales tax to the proper taxing authority on the buyer's behalf. For more US state-level information on sales tax, see the eBay sales tax collection help topic. See Multi-jurisdiction sales tax.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .UUID	UUIDType (string)	Optional	Use an UUID value to ensure that you only list (or relist) a particular item once. This field can be particularly useful if you are listing many items on a daily basis and/or many items at once with an AddItems call. If your call request does not generate a response, or if you get one or more (blocking) errors, be sure to use the same UUID value when you attempt to list or relist the same item with another call request. If you pass in a UUID value that has already been used to successfully create or relist an item, you will receive an error message that includes the Item ID for that listing and a boolean value indicating whether the duplicate UUID was sent by the same application. We recommend that you use the Item.UUID field for add and relist calls (for example, AddItem and RelistItem), but use the Item.InvocationID field instead when using a revise call. The UUID can only contain digits from 0-9 and letters from A-F and must be 32 characters long. The UUID value must be unique across all of the seller's eBay across all eBay marketplaces. Max length: 32.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VATDetails	VATDetailsType	Conditional	This container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist call to set the VAT (Value-added Tax) percentage rate that will be charged to buyers when an item is purchased from the listing, and to enable Business Seller-related features. This container is returned in 'Get' calls only if VAT is applicable to the listing, and unless the person making the 'Get' call owns the listing, only the VATPercent field is returned (if applicable). However, Business Seller-related information will be returned to all users in 'Get' calls under the SellerInfo and BusinessSellerDetails containers. Note: VAT is not applicable to all countries, including the US. Allowed VAT percentage rates can vary by region/country, so sellers should be aware of the rates they are legally required/allowed to charge. Sellers must be registered as Business Sellers on the site they are selling on in order to use the Business Seller-related fields. See: Value-added tax (VAT) German business features
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VATDetails.BusinessSeller	boolean	Conditional	This field should be included in an Add/Revise/Relist call and set to `true` if the seller is registered on the selling site as a Business Seller. This field must be included and set to `true` if the RestrictedToBusiness field is also included and set to `true`. The RestrictedToBusiness field is used by German (Site ID 77), Austrian (Site ID 16), and Swiss (Site ID 193) sellers who wish to restrict sales of their item to other users registered as business users. This field is returned in 'Get' calls only if set on the listing, and the person making the call owns the listing. However, other Business Seller-related information will be returned to all users in 'Get' calls under the SellerInfo and BusinessSellerDetails containers.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VATDetails .RestrictedToBusiness	boolean	Optional	This field must be included in an Add/Revise/Relist call and set to `true` if a German (Site ID 77), Austrian (Site ID 16), or Swiss (Site ID 193) seller wishes to restrict sales of their item to other users registered on eBay as business users. If this field is set as `true`, the BusinessSeller field must also be included and set to `true`. This feature is not available on any other eBay marketplaces. This field can be included and set to `true` only by Business Sellers registered on one of the three sites above, and only if the listing category supports Business-to-Business listings. The GetCategories call can be used by the seller (using one of the Site IDs above) to see which categories support Business-to-Business listings. A B2BVATEnabled boolean field will be returned as `true` if a listing category supports Business-to-Business listings. This field is returned in 'Get' calls only if set on the listing, and the person making the call owns the listing. However, other Business Seller-related information will be returned to all users in 'Get' calls under the SellerInfo and BusinessSellerDetails containers.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VATDetails.VATPercent	float	Conditional	This container is used in an Add/Revise/Relist call to set the VAT (Value-added Tax) percentage rate that will be charged to buyers when an item is purchased from the listing. VAT is not applicable to all countries, including the US. Allowed VAT percentage rates can vary by region/country, so sellers should be aware of the rates they are legally required/allowed to charge, and they are responsible for charging the correct VAT rate. If VAT is charged on a listing, the seller can choose to print an invoice for the buyer that shows the item's net price, the VAT percentage rate, the VAT amount, and the total price. This field is returned in 'Get' calls only if the listing is subject to VAT. Note: Previously, up to three digits beyond the decimal point were allowed for this float value, but now a seller can include only one digit beyond the decimal point (e.g. 12.3) when using an Add/Revise/Relist call to set this value. An error will occur if more digits beyond the decimal point are specified. Min: 0.0. Max: 27.0.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VideoDetails	VideoDetailsType	Optional	This container is used if the seller wants to add a video to their listing. At this time, only one video can be added per listing. The video can be uploaded to eBay using the Media API. See the Media API reference documentation for all of the necessary details to upload videos to eBay. This container will only be returned in GetItem if the listing contains a video, and the seller of the item is the one making the GetItem call. Note: Videos can only be attached to listings on supported eBay marketplaces and can only be viewed through supported platforms. See Managing videos in the Selling Integration Guide for a full list of supported marketplaces and platforms.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VideoDetails.VideoID	string	Optional, repeatable: [0..*]	Unique identifier of a video. This identifier is automatically created by eBay once a seller successfully uploads a video to eBay. Videos can be added using the uploadVideo method of the Media API. In an Add/Revise/Relist call, passing in the ID for the video will add the video to the listing. Although a video can be added to a listing before it is in the `LIVE` state, the video won't be available for viewing in the listing until it does reach this state. The status of an uploaded video can be retrieved with the getVideo method and seen in the status field of the response. To replace a video already attached to the listing, the seller could make a Revise or Relist call and just send in a different VideoID value. As long as the VideoID value was valid, the specified video would replace the existing video in the listing. To remove a video from a listing (and not replace it) using a Revise or Relist call, the seller can include a DeletedField tag in the request and set its value to `Item.VideoDetails.VideoID`. If the call is successful, the video will be removed from the listing. Note: eBay will perform a validation check on each specified VideoID value to verify that the video belongs to, and was uploaded by the seller. The GetItem call can be used by the seller to see which video (if any) is attached to the listing. The VideoDetails container will be returned if the listing contains a video. The VideoDetails container will only be returned to the seller of the item and no one else.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VIN	string	Conditional	This field displays the Vehicle Identification Number, which is a unique serial number for a motor vehicle. This field is applicable to listings in US eBay Motors Cars and Trucks (6001), Motorcycles (6024), Commercial Trucks (63732), RVs and Campers (50054), ATVs (6723), Snowmobiles (42595), and UTVs (173665); and to Cars and Trucks listings in CA, CAFR and AU eBay Motors. For vehicle categories that do not use VIN, make a call to the getItemAspectsForCategory method of the Taxonomy API to determine applicable Item Specifics (such as 'Hull ID Number' for Boats). For the US, CA, and CA-FR eBay Motors categories, required for cars and trucks from model year 1981 and later. (The US developed national standards for VIN values in 1981.) For the eBay Australia site, required for vehicles from model year 1989 or later. For the eBay Australia site, only appears on the View Item page if you also specify the date of first registration in the listing's Item Specifics. Appears in the VIN field in the Item Specifics section of eBay's View Item page. GetItem will return this field for motor vehicle listings where the VIN is defined. Max length: 17.
AddItemRequestContainer.Item .VRM	string	Conditional	Vehicle Registration Mark, which is a unique identifier for a motor vehicle in the UK. Applicable to listings in UK eBay Motors Cars and Trucks, Motorcycle, and some Powersport categories. Appears as a VRM field in the Item Specifics section of eBay's View Item page. On the View Item page, the VRM value is masked (i.e., only a portion of the value is shown to users). In the GetItem response, the VRM is only returned if the call is made by the seller (i.e., the AuthToken is associated with the vehicle's seller). GetItem will return this field for motor vehicle listings where the VRM is defined.
AddItemRequestContainer .MessageID	string	Required	Most Trading API calls support a MessageID element in the request and a CorrelationID element in the response. With AddItems, a unique MessageID value is required for each AddItemRequestContainer container that is used in the request. The CorrelationID value returned under each AddItemResponseContainer container is used to correlate each item request container with its corresponding response container. The same MessageID value that you pass into a request will be returned in the CorrelationID field in the response.

Standard Input Fields

ErrorHandling

ErrorHandlingCodeType

Optional

Error tolerance level for the call. This is a preference that specifies how eBay should handle requests that contain invalid data or that could partially fail. This gives you some control over whether eBay returns warnings or blocking errors and how eBay processes the invalid data.

This field is only applicable to AddItem and related calls, and only when the listing includes ProductListingDetails.
Default: BestEffort.

Applicable values:

AllOrNothing

(in) If any of the item specifics data is invalid, drop all the data and proceed with listing the item. If the category has required item specifics and the data was dropped, reject the listing.

BestEffort

(in) Drop the invalid data, continue processing the request with the valid data. If dropping the invalid data leaves the request in a state where required data is missing, reject the request.

If BestEffort is specified for CompleteSale, the Ack field in the response could return PartialFailure if one change fails but another succeeds. For example, if the seller attempts to leave feedback twice for the same order line item, the feedback changes would fail but any paid or shipped status changes would succeed.

FailOnError

(in) If any data is invalid, reject the request.

Legacy

(in) Apply validation rules that were in effect prior to the time the call started supporting ErrorHandling.

See Pre-filling Item Specifics with Product Details.

ErrorLanguage

string

Optional

Use ErrorLanguage to return error strings for the call in a different language from the language commonly associated with the site that the requesting user is registered with. Below are some examples from different countries.

ID	Country
en_AU	Australia
de_AT	Austria
nl_BE	Belgium (Dutch)
fr_BE	Belgium (French)
en_CA	Canada
fr_CA	Canada (French)
zh_CN	China
fr_FR	France
de_DE	Germany
zh_HK	Hong Kong
en_IN	India
en_IE	Ireland
it_IT	Italy
nl_NL	Netherlands
en_SG	Singapore
es_ES	Spain
de_CH	Switzerland
en_GB	United Kingdom
en_US	United States

MessageID string Optional Most Trading API calls support a MessageID element in the request and a CorrelationID element in the response. If you pass in a MessageID in a request, the same value will be returned in the CorrelationID field in the response. Pairing these values can help you track and confirm that a response is returned for every request and to match specific responses to specific requests. If you do not pass a MessageID value in the request, CorrelationID is not returned.

Note: GetCategories is designed to retrieve very large sets of metadata that change once a day or less often. To improve performance, these calls return cached responses when you request all available data (with no filters). When this occurs, the MessageID and CorrelationID fields aren't applicable. However, if you specify an input filter to reduce the amount of data returned, the calls retrieve the latest data (not cached). When this occurs, MessageID and CorrelationID are applicable.

Version

string

Conditional

The version number of the API code that you are programming against (e.g., 1149). The version you specify for a call has these basic effects:

It indicates the version of the code lists and other data that eBay should use to process your request.
It indicates the schema version you are using.

You need to use a version that is greater than or equal to the lowest supported version.
For the SOAP API: If you are using the SOAP API, this field is required. Specify the version of the WSDL your application is using.

For the XML API: If you are using the XML API, this field has no effect. Instead, specify the version in the X-EBAY-API-COMPATIBILITY-LEVEL HTTP header. (If you specify Version in the body of an XML API request and it is different from the value in the HTTP header, eBay returns an informational warning that the value in the HTTP header was used instead.)

See:
    HTTP headers
    eBay Schema Versioning Strategy
    Lowest Supported Version

WarningLevel

WarningLevelCodeType

Optional

Controls whether or not to return warnings when the application passes unrecognized or deprecated elements in a request.

An unrecognized element is one that is not defined in any supported version of the schema. Schema element names are case-sensitive, so using WarningLevel can also help you remove any potential hidden bugs within your application due to incorrect case or spelling in field names before you put your application into the Production environment.

WarningLevel only validates elements; it doesn't validate XML attributes. It also doesn't control warnings related to user-entered strings or numbers, or warnings for logical errors.

We recommend that you only use this during development and debugging. Do not use this in requests performed in the Production environment.

Applicable values:

High

(in) The WarningLevel value is set to High if the user wishes to receive warnings when the application passes unrecognized or deprecated elements in an API call request. Setting the WarningLevel value to High is not recommended in a production environment. Instead, it should only be used during the development/debugging stage.

Low

(in) The WarningLevel value is set to Low if the user does not wish to receive warnings when the application passes unrecognized or deprecated elements in an API call request. This is the default value if WarningLevel is not specified in the call request.

See Warning Level.

Output

Detail Controls

DetailLevel

This call does not support varying Detail Levels. You do not need to pass DetailLevel in the request.

Samples

New to making API calls? Please see Making a Call.

Note: Some item IDs, user IDs, or other data in these samples might no longer be active on eBay. If necessary, you can substitute current eBay data in your requests.

Available samples:

Basic Call ↓ - Defines and lists several duplicate items for auction on the eBay US site.
Buy It Now ↓ - Defines and lists several items for auction with a Buy It Now price on the eBay US site.

Sample: Basic Call

Defines and lists several duplicate items for auction on the eBay US site.

Description

User m***************r wants to sell several Harry Potter books on the eBay US site. She wants to start the listing at $1.00 and wants the listing to run for 7 days. She chooses flat rate shipping of $2.50 for a particular shipping service. She'll ship each item within 3 days of receiving cleared payment. She offers a standard return policy.

AddItems needs a category ID. You may need to first call GetCategories to determine the category ID. (See GetCategories for more information.) For this example, the category ID is 279.

As a result of this call, m***************r has a new listing for each of her Harry Potter books on eBay with the details as provided in the call. You can call GetItem with the ItemIDs found in the AddItems response to confirm the item details.

Input

All fields in the following AddItems request sample are the basic input to create a batch listing for m***************r's Harry Potter books. To see a photo with the listing, provide a link to the photo in the PictureURL field. (The URL used in this sample is a picture provided by eBay.)

XML format.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<AddItemsRequest xmlns="urn:ebay:apis:eBLBaseComponents">
  <RequesterCredentials>
    <eBayAuthToken>A*******3</eBayAuthToken>
  </RequesterCredentials>
  <Version>1217</Version>
  <ErrorLanguage>en_US</ErrorLanguage>
  <WarningLevel>High</WarningLevel>
  <AddItemRequestContainer>
    <MessageID>***1</MessageID>
    <Item>
      <Title>Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire</Title>
      <Description>This the Harry Potter series. In excellent condition!</Description>
      <PrimaryCategory>
        <CategoryID>29223</CategoryID>
      </PrimaryCategory>
      <CategoryMappingAllowed>true</CategoryMappingAllowed>
      <Site>US</Site>
      <Quantity>1</Quantity>
      <StartPrice>1.0</StartPrice>
      <ListingDuration>Days_7</ListingDuration>
      <ListingType>Chinese</ListingType>
      <DispatchTimeMax>3</DispatchTimeMax>
      <ShippingDetails>
        <ShippingType>Flat</ShippingType>
        <ShippingServiceOptions>
          <ShippingServicePriority>1</ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShippingService>USPSMedia</ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceCost>2.50</ShippingServiceCost>
        </ShippingServiceOptions>
      </ShippingDetails>
      <ReturnPolicy>
        <ReturnsAcceptedOption>ReturnsAccepted</ReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <RefundOption>MoneyBack</RefundOption>
        <ReturnsWithinOption>Days_30</ReturnsWithinOption>
        <ShippingCostPaidByOption>Buyer</ShippingCostPaidByOption>
      </ReturnPolicy>
      <Country>US</Country>
      <Currency>USD</Currency>
      <PostalCode>95125</PostalCode>
      <ItemSpecifics>     
           <NameValueList> 
              <Name>Title</Name>
              <Value>Harry Potter and the Philosophers Stone</Value> 
           </NameValueList> 
           <NameValueList> 
              <Name>Publisher</Name> 
              <Value>Smashwords</Value> 
           </NameValueList> 
           <NameValueList> 
              <Name>Author</Name> 
              <Value>JK Rowling</Value> 
           </NameValueList> 
           <NameValueList> 
              <Name>Language</Name> 
              <Value>English</Value> 
           </NameValueList>
    </ItemSpecifics>
      <PictureDetails>
        <GalleryType>Gallery</GalleryType>
        <PictureURL>https://mysamplepicture.com/23.jpg</PictureURL>
      </PictureDetails>
    </Item>
  </AddItemRequestContainer>
  <AddItemRequestContainer>
    <MessageID>***2</MessageID>
    <Item>
      <Title>Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire</Title>
      <Description>This the Harry Potter series. In excellent condition!</Description>
      <PrimaryCategory>
        <CategoryID>29223</CategoryID>
      </PrimaryCategory>
      <CategoryMappingAllowed>true</CategoryMappingAllowed>
      <Site>US</Site>
      <Quantity>1</Quantity>
      <StartPrice>1.0</StartPrice>
      <ListingDuration>Days_7</ListingDuration>
      <ListingType>Chinese</ListingType>
      <DispatchTimeMax>3</DispatchTimeMax>
      <ShippingDetails>
        <ShippingType>Flat</ShippingType>
        <ShippingServiceOptions>
          <ShippingServicePriority>1</ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShippingService>USPSMedia</ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceCost>2.50</ShippingServiceCost>
        </ShippingServiceOptions>
      </ShippingDetails>
      <ReturnPolicy>
        <ReturnsAcceptedOption>ReturnsAccepted</ReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <RefundOption>MoneyBack</RefundOption>
        <ReturnsWithinOption>Days_30</ReturnsWithinOption>
        <ShippingCostPaidByOption>Buyer</ShippingCostPaidByOption>
      </ReturnPolicy>
      <Country>US</Country>
      <Currency>USD</Currency>
      <PostalCode>95125</PostalCode>
      <ItemSpecifics>     
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Title</Name>
                    <Value>Harry Potter and the Philosophers Stone</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Publisher</Name> 
                    <Value>Smashwords</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Author</Name> 
                    <Value>JK Rowling</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Language</Name> 
                    <Value>English</Value> 
                 </NameValueList>
    </ItemSpecifics>
      <PictureDetails>
        <GalleryType>Gallery</GalleryType>
        <PictureURL>https://mysamplepicture.com/24.jpg</PictureURL>
      </PictureDetails>
    </Item>
  </AddItemRequestContainer>
</AddItemsRequest>

Output

The response includes the ItemIDs and the list of fees, in separate containers associated with listing m***************r's books. For the basic AddItems call, the only fee is the insertion fee per item. The listing fee is the total of fees prior to selling the item. (In this case, the listing fee equals the insertion fee.)

XML format.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<AddItemsResponse xmlns="urn:ebay:apis:eBLBaseComponents">
  <Timestamp>2021-08-11T22:50:02.396Z</Timestamp>
  <Ack>Success</Ack>
  <Version>1217</Version>
        <Build>E1217_UNI_API5_19110890_R1</Build>
  <AddItemResponseContainer>
    <StartTime>2021-08-11T22:50:02.396Z</StartTime>
                <EndTime>2021-08-18T21:28:38.487Z</EndTime>
    <ItemID>1**********6</ItemID>
      <Fees>
      <Fee>
        <Name>AuctionLengthFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BoldFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BuyItNowFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>CategoryFeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryPlusFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedGalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FixedPriceDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GiftIconFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>HighLightFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.25</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InternationalInsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingDesignerFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.25</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoDisplayFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ReserveFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SchedulingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SubtitleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BorderFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BasicUpgradePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ValuePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PrivateListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ExtendedDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackPlusBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>MotorsGermanySearchFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
    </Fees>
    <CorrelationID>*1</CorrelationID>
  </AddItemResponseContainer>
  <AddItemResponseContainer>
    <ItemID>1**********7</ItemID>
    <StartTime>2021-08-11T22:50:02.396Z</StartTime>
                <EndTime>2021-08-18T21:28:38.487Z</EndTime>
    <Fees>
      <Fee>
        <Name>AuctionLengthFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BoldFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BuyItNowFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>CategoryFeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryPlusFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedGalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FixedPriceDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GiftIconFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>HighLightFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.25</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InternationalInsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingDesignerFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.25</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoDisplayFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ReserveFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SchedulingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SubtitleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BorderFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BasicUpgradePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ValuePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PrivateListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ExtendedDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackPlusBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>MotorsGermanySearchFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
    </Fees>
    <CorrelationID>*2</CorrelationID>
  </AddItemResponseContainer>
</AddItemsResponse>

Back to list of samples

Sample: Buy It Now

Defines and lists several items for auction with a Buy It Now price on the eBay US site.

Description

User m***************r has items she would like to auction off on the eBay US site and would also like to set a Buy It Now price to increase her chances of someone buying the items at a fair price.

As a result of this call, a new set of listings is available on eBay with the basic details of the item and a Buy It Now price.

Input

The key input to this scenario is the BuyItNowPrice. This supplies the call a buy it now price for the item. User m***************r will be charged an extra fee for having a Buy It Now price. If a buyer bids on the item, the Buy It Now price will be disabled and the listing will become a regular Chinese auction. If a buyer purchases the item with a Buy It Now price, the auction ends immediately.

She also generates and specifies a UUID, unique for each listing, in case the request fails so she can resubmit the request without worrying about a duplicate listing.

XML format.

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<AddItemsRequest xmlns="urn:ebay:apis:eBLBaseComponents">
  <RequesterCredentials>
    <eBayAuthToken>A*******3</eBayAuthToken>
  </RequesterCredentials>
  <ErrorLanguage>en_US</ErrorLanguage>
  <WarningLevel>High</WarningLevel>
  <AddItemRequestContainer>
    <MessageID>***1</MessageID>
    <Item>
      <BuyItNowPrice currencyID="USD">18.00</BuyItNowPrice>
      <CategoryMappingAllowed>true</CategoryMappingAllowed>
      <Country>US</Country>
      <Currency>USD</Currency>
      <Description>This is the fourth book in the Harry Potter series. In excellent condition!</Description>
      <DispatchTimeMax>3</DispatchTimeMax>
      <ListingDuration>Days_7</ListingDuration>
      <ListingType>Chinese</ListingType>
      <PictureDetails>
        <GalleryType>Gallery</GalleryType>
        <PictureURL>https://mysamplepicture.com/24.jpg</PictureURL>
      </PictureDetails>
      <PostalCode>95125</PostalCode>
      <PrimaryCategory>
        <CategoryID>29223</CategoryID>
      </PrimaryCategory>
      <Quantity>1</Quantity>
      <ItemSpecifics>     
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Title</Name>
                    <Value>Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Publisher</Name> 
                    <Value>Smashwords</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Author</Name> 
                    <Value>JK Rowling</Value> 
                 </NameValueList> 
                 <NameValueList> 
                    <Name>Language</Name> 
                    <Value>English</Value> 
                 </NameValueList>
    </ItemSpecifics>
      <ReturnPolicy>
        <ReturnsAcceptedOption>ReturnsAccepted</ReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <RefundOption>MoneyBack</RefundOption>
        <ReturnsWithinOption>Days_30</ReturnsWithinOption>
        <ShippingCostPaidByOption>Buyer</ShippingCostPaidByOption>
      </ReturnPolicy>
      <ShippingDetails>
        <ShippingType>Flat</ShippingType>
        <ShippingServiceOptions>
          <ShippingServicePriority>1</ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShippingService>USPSMedia</ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceCost>2.50</ShippingServiceCost>
        </ShippingServiceOptions>
      </ShippingDetails>
      <Site>US</Site>
      <StartPrice currencyID="USD">0.99</StartPrice>
      <Title>Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire</Title>
    </Item>
  </AddItemRequestContainer>
  <AddItemRequestContainer>
    <MessageID>***2</MessageID>
    <Item>
      <BuyItNowPrice currencyID="USD">18.00</BuyItNowPrice>
      <CategoryMappingAllowed>true</CategoryMappingAllowed>
      <Country>US</Country>
      <Currency>USD</Currency>
      <Description>This is the third book in the Harry Potter series. In excellent condition!</Description>
      <DispatchTimeMax>3</DispatchTimeMax>
      <ListingDuration>Days_7</ListingDuration>
      <ListingType>Chinese</ListingType>
      <PictureDetails>
        <GalleryType>Gallery</GalleryType>
        <PictureURL>https://mysamplepicture.com/25.jpg</PictureURL>
      </PictureDetails>
      <PostalCode>95125</PostalCode>
      <PrimaryCategory>
        <CategoryID>29223</CategoryID>
      </PrimaryCategory>
      <Quantity>1</Quantity>
      <ItemSpecifics>     
         <NameValueList> 
            <Name>Title</Name>
            <Value>Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban</Value> 
         </NameValueList> 
         <NameValueList> 
            <Name>Publisher</Name> 
            <Value>Smashwords</Value> 
         </NameValueList> 
         <NameValueList> 
            <Name>Author</Name> 
            <Value>JK Rowling</Value> 
         </NameValueList> 
         <NameValueList> 
            <Name>Language</Name> 
            <Value>English</Value> 
         </NameValueList>
    </ItemSpecifics>
      <ReturnPolicy>
        <ReturnsAcceptedOption>ReturnsAccepted</ReturnsAcceptedOption>
        <RefundOption>MoneyBack</RefundOption>
        <ReturnsWithinOption>Days_30</ReturnsWithinOption>
        <ShippingCostPaidByOption>Buyer</ShippingCostPaidByOption>
      </ReturnPolicy>
      <ShippingDetails>
        <ShippingType>Flat</ShippingType>
        <ShippingServiceOptions>
          <ShippingServicePriority>1</ShippingServicePriority>
          <ShippingService>USPSMedia</ShippingService>
          <ShippingServiceCost>2.50</ShippingServiceCost>
        </ShippingServiceOptions>
      </ShippingDetails>
      <Site>US</Site>
      <StartPrice currencyID="USD">0.99</StartPrice>
      <Title>Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban</Title>
    </Item>
  </AddItemRequestContainer>
</AddItemsRequest>

Output

The key output for this scenario is the additional fee for setting the BuyItNowPrice. In addition to the BuyItNowFee, an insertion fee is charged and photo fee (for the additional pictures) are charged.

XML format.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<AddItemsResponse xmlns="urn:ebay:apis:eBLBaseComponents">
  <Timestamp>2021-08-11T23:12:45.714Z</Timestamp>
  <Ack>Success</Ack>
  <Version>1217</Version>
        <Build>E1217_UNI_API5_19110890_R1</Build>
  <AddItemResponseContainer>
    <StartTime>2021-08-11T22:50:02.396Z</StartTime>
                <EndTime>2021-08-18T21:28:38.487Z</EndTime>
    <ItemID>1**********5</ItemID>
    <Fees>
      <Fee>
        <Name>AuctionLengthFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BoldFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BuyItNowFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.1</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>CategoryFeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryPlusFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedGalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FixedPriceDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GiftIconFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>HighLightFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.1</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InternationalInsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingDesignerFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.35</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoDisplayFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.15</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ReserveFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SchedulingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SubtitleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BorderFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BasicUpgradePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ValuePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PrivateListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ExtendedDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackPlusBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>MotorsGermanySearchFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
    </Fees>
    <CorrelationID>*1</CorrelationID>
  </AddItemResponseContainer>
  <AddItemResponseContainer>
    <StartTime>2021-08-11T22:50:02.396Z</StartTime>
                <EndTime>2021-08-18T21:28:38.487Z</EndTime>
    <ItemID>1**********6</ItemID>
    <Fees>
      <Fee>
        <Name>AuctionLengthFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BoldFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BuyItNowFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.1</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>CategoryFeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryPlusFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FeaturedGalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>FixedPriceDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GalleryFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>GiftIconFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>HighLightFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.1</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>InternationalInsertionFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingDesignerFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.35</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoDisplayFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PhotoFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.15</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ReserveFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SchedulingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>SubtitleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BorderFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>BasicUpgradePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ValuePackBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>PrivateListingFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ExtendedDurationFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>ProPackPlusBundleFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
      <Fee>
        <Name>MotorsGermanySearchFee</Name>
        <Fee currencyID="USD">0.0</Fee>
      </Fee>
    </Fees>
    <CorrelationID>*2</CorrelationID>
  </AddItemResponseContainer>
</AddItemsResponse>

Back to list of samples

Change History

Change Date	Description
1371 2024-07-17	Regulatory.Documents (added): The Documents container (DocumentsType) and its child type have been added to the RegulatoryType. This container is used to provide a collection of regulatory documents associated with the listing. Regulatory.Manufacturer (added): The Manufacturer container (ManufacturerType) and its child fields have been added to the RegulatoryType. This container is used to provide information about the manufacturer and/or supplier of the item. Regulatory.ProductSafety (added): The ProductSafety container (ProductSafetyType) and its child fields have been added to the RegulatoryType. This container is used to provide product safety information for the listing. Regulatory.ResponsiblePersons (added): The ResponsiblePersons container (ResponsiblePersonsType) and its child types have been added to the RegulatoryType. This container is used to provide information about the EU-based Responsible Persons or entities associated with the listing.
1349 2024-02-26	ProductListingDetails (modified): The TicketListingDetails container and the TicketListingDetailsType have been decommissioned and removed from ProductListingDetailsType. CalculatedShippingRate (modified): The OriginatingPostalCode field has been decommissioned and removed from CalculatedShippingRateType. Use Item.PostalCode instead.
1345 2024-02-01	Regulatory.EconomicOperator (added): The EconomicOperator container (EconomicOperatorType) and its child fields have been added to the RegulatoryType. This container is used to provide required information about the manufacturer and/or supplier of the item.
1323 2023-08-25	ProductListingDetails.TicketListingDetails (modified): The TicketListingDetails container and its child fields have been deprecated and are not usable. They will be ignored if sent. ExtendedProducerResponsibilityType (modified): Several decommissioned fields were removed from ExtendedProducerResponsibilityType. The fields removed included: ProducerProductID, ProductPackageID, ShipmentPackageID, and ProductDocumentationID. These fields are no longer usable; if used, the user will get a warning about the fields no longer being supported. SiteCodeType (modified): `Czechia` and `Cyprus` have been added to SiteCodeType as enumeration values. These sites cannot be set in the X-EBAY-API-SITEID header, nor in the Site field of a request payload. CalculatedShippingRate (modified): The OriginatingPostalCode field has been deprecated and is not usable. Currently ignored. Use Item.PostalCode instead.
1321 2023-07-17	ShippingDetails.CODCost (deprecated): This field has been removed from the Trading WSDL.
1319 2023-06-26	ConditionDescriptorsType (added): This type and its child field, ConditionDescriptor (ConditionDescriptorType), are used to provide the data for condition descriptors associated with an item. ConditionDescriptorType (added): This type and its child fields, AdditionalInfo, Name, and Value, are used to provide information about the specific condition of an item.
1315 2023-06-16	ShippingDetails.CODCost (deprecated): CODCost has been deprecated since COD is no longer a supported payment method on any marketplace.
1311 2023-05-19	EnergyEfficiencyType (added): This type and its child fields are used to provide Energy Efficiency Label related information for listings. Item.EnergyEfficiencyLabel (added): This container and its child fields are used to provide Energy Efficiency Label related information for listings. Item.EnergyEfficiencyLabel.ImageDescription (added): This field contains the description for the displayed Energy Efficiency Label. Item.EnergyEfficiencyLabel.ImageURL (added): This field contains the URL of the Energy Efficiency Label. Item.EnergyEfficiencyLabel.ProductInformationsheet (added): This field contains the URL of the Product Information Sheet. CustomPolicies.RegionalProductCompliancePolicies (added): This field contains regional CountryPolicies. RegionalProductCompliancePolicies.CountryPolicies (added): This field contains the regional Country and PolicyID fields. Item.CustomPolicies (modified): The RegionalProductCompliancePolicies and RegionalTakeBackPolicies fields were added to this field, and ProductCompliancePolicyID applies to Global product compliance policies.
1291 2022-12-30	Item.Regulatory (added): This container and its child fields are used to provide Regulatory related information for listings. Regulatory related information includes hazardous material related information and the repair score. Its fields include Hazmat (container) and RepairScore (field). Item.Regulatory.Hazmat (added): This container and its child fields are used to provide hazardous material related information for listings. Its fields include Component (field), Pictograms (container), SignalWord (field), and Statements (container). Item.Regulatory.Hazmat.Pictograms (added): This container and its child field Pictogram, are used to provide pictogram codes for listings. Item.Regulatory.Hazmat.Statements (added): This container and its child field Statement, are used to provide statement codes for listings.
1285 2022-11-18	Item.PictureDetails.PictureURL (modified): This release of the Trading API updates the picture limit. With the exception of motor vehicle listings on the US and Canada marketplaces, sellers can now include up to 24 pictures in a listing free of charge in all categories on all marketplaces. The number of included pictures in motor vehicle listings depend on the selected vehicle package (see Fees for selling vehicles on eBay Motors).
1247 2022-02-25	Item.HitCounter (deprecated): Hit counters are no longer shown in View Item pages, so this field has been deprecated. The field is ignored if passed in, and a warning message will be returned.
1235 2021-12-03	Item.CustomPolicies (added): This container and its child fields are used to specify custom policy IDs. A custom policy ID refers to the relevant policy created for compliance and for other purposes. This feature is supported by a limited number of sites and specific categories. Item.ExtendedProducerResponsibility (added): This container and its child fields provide IDs for the producer or importer related to the new item, packaging, added documentation, or an eco participation fee. In some markets, such as in France, this may be the importer of the item. This feature is supported by a limited number of sites and specific categories.
1209 2021-06-04	Item.IncludeRecommendations (deprecated): This element has been removed from the WSDL as Listing Recommendations are no longer supported by this call. AddItemResponseContainer.ListingRecommendations (deprecated): This container has been removed from the WSDL as Listing Recommendations are no longer supported by this call.
1207 2021-05-21	VATDetails.VATPercent (modified): This value may only have one digit beyond the decimal point (e.g. 12.3). Previously, three digits after the decimal point were allowed. VATDetails.VATPercent (modified): The maximum percentage value allowed for this field has decreased from 30 to 27 percent.
1203 2021-04-23	VideoDetailsType (added): This type is used to add a video to a listing. Item.VideoDetails (added): This container is used to add a video to a listing. The VideoID field identifies the video to be added.
1193 2021-02-12	ShippingServiceCostOverride.ShippingSurcharge (deprecated): This element has been removed from the WSDL.
1189 2021-01-15	Item.eBayPlus (doc change): Field description was updated to say that Australian sellers cannot use this field to enable a listing for eBay Plus. In Australia, eBay makes the decision on which listings are eligible for eBay Plus. ShippingServiceCostOverride.ShippingSurcharge (doc change): Field description was updated to say that the field should not be used, as shipping surcharges for shipping service options can no longer be set with shipping business policies.
1173 2020-09-25	Fees.Fee.Fee (modified): The currency of the listing fees returned under the Fees container will reflect the listing site's currency, and not necessarily the seller's default/home currency.
1161 2020-07-06	Item.ListingDesigner (deprecated): This container removed from WSDL.
1157 2020-06-05	Item.ListingDesigner (deprecated): Sellers are no longer able to use Listing Designer templates when they create or revise listings. Existing listings that are already using a Listing Designer template will remain unchanged. If a user attempts to use the ListingDesigner container in an Add/Revise/Relist API call, it will have no effect on the listing, but the seller will receive a warning message about Listing Designer templates no longer being available. Item.ReturnPolicy (doc change): Updated return policy-related documentation to make it more clear that if a seller does not add a separate international return policy for an item, the settings in the domestic return policy will be used instead.
1145 2020-03-13	Charity.CharityID, Charity.CharityNumber (doc change): Clarified the difference between CharityID (eBay identifier) and CharityNumber (PayPal Giving Fund identifier), and also added a note about CharityNumber field being scheduled for deprecation.
1119 2019-08-02	PictureDetails.GalleryDuration (deprecated): The Featured Gallery listing feature is being deprecated, and the GalleryDuration field was only used to set the duration of the Featured Gallery. Currently, users will get a warning if they try to use the Featured Gallery, but will start getting blocked from adding this feature (or modifying the duration) in mid-August 2019. In mid-September 2019, this feature will be completely wired off. GalleryTypeCodeType (modified): The `Featured` value of GalleryTypeCodeType is no longer applicable with the scheduled deprecation of the Featured Gallery listing feature. Once the Featured Gallery listing feature is wired off, any existing listings with the GalleryType value set to `Featured` will default to a value of `Gallery` ShippingServiceOptions.ShippingSurcharge (deprecated): The ShippingSurcharge field in ShippingServiceOptionsType has been removed from the Trading WSDL. For the next 18 months, this field will still be supported if used in a Add/Revise/Relist call, but it is recommended that sellers configure shipping surcharges in Shipping rate tables instead. Shipping rate tables can be added and modified through the Shipping Preferences in My eBay.
1107 2019-05-10	EndTime (modified): Starting July 1, 2019, the Good 'Til Cancelled renewal schedule will be modified from every 30 days to once per calendar month. For example, if a GTC listing is created July 5, the next monthly renewal date will be August 5. If a GTC listing is created on the 31st of the month, but the following month only has 30 days, the renewal will happen on the 30th in the following month. Finally, if a GTC listing is created on January 29-31, the renewal will happen on February 28th (or 29th during a 'Leap Year').
1099 2019-03-15	ItemSpecifics.NameValueList (modified): The maximum number of item specifics that may be defined for a listing has increased from 30 to 45.
1095 2019-02-15	Item.ListingDuration (modified): For fixed-price listings on the eBay Australia marketplace, only the Good 'Til Cancelled (GTC) listing duration will be supported for all new items and relisted items. This change will roll out globally within the next couple of months. Item.PaymentMethods (modified): Beginning May 1, 2019, eBay will no longer accept buyer payments through a seller's Integrated Merchant Credit Card (IMCC) account, so the `IMCC` enumeration value should no longer be passed in as a payment method once this change takes affect.
1091 2019-01-18	BestOfferDetails.BestOfferEnabled (modified): Best Offers in Auction listings are now supported on the following eBay marketplaces: US, Canada, UK, Germany, Australia, France, Italy, and Spain. ListingDetails.MinimumBestOfferPrice (modified): Sellers accepting Best Offers for an auction listing can now set the Best Offer Auto Reject threshold price to a dollar value higher than the auction starting price. Item.CategoryMappingAllowed (modified): The default value of this boolean field has been changed from `false` to `true`. This means that this field can be omitted in an Add/Revise/Relist call, and eBay will map outdated primary and secondary Category IDs to the updated Category IDs (where applicable). SellerContactDetails.Phone2CountryCode, SellerContactDetails.Phone2CountryPrefix, SellerContactDetails.Phone2AreaOrCityCode, SellerContactDetails.Phone2LocalNumber (deprecated): These secondary phone number fields were deprecated, as adding a secondary contact number is no longer supported for Classified Ad listings. Item.MotorsGermanySearchable (deprecated): This field was deprecated since placing eBay Germany motor vehicle listings on the mobile.de site is no longer supported. Seller.MotorsDealer (deprecated): This field was deprecated since eBay Motors Pro is a deprecated feature. Item.ShippingTermsInDescription (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable, so was deprecated.
1085 2018-10-26	Item.PaymentMethods (modified): For sellers enrolled in the new eBay Managed Payments program, a specified payment method is not necessary. If a payment method is specified, such as PayPal, it will be dropped from the listing and the seller will get a warning message when the call is run. Item.AutoPay (modified): The immediate payment feature is also available for sellers enrolled in the new eBay Managed Payments program. In the past, this feature was only available to sellers who were offering PayPal as the only available payment method. ShippingDetails.SalesTax (doc change): Added a note to state that the Sales Tax rate for a US tax jurisdiction that is subject to the 'eBay Collect and Remit Tax' program will be ignored during the checkout process, since eBay will be collecting and remitting this tax to the tax authorities without the seller's involvement. ProductListingDetails.EAN, ProductListingDetails.UPC (doc change): Highlighted the fact that a seller selling a product with a UPC value on a European eBay site should pass this UPC value into the EAN field, and a seller selling a product with an EAN value on the US eBay site should pass this EAN value into the UPC field. ShippingPackageDetails.WeightMajor, ShippingPackageDetails.WeightMinor (doc change): Updated field description to tell users to use whole numbers in the WeightMajor and WeightMinor fields to specify shipping package weight. Also provided samples in these two fields how different weight should be specified. VATDetailsType (doc change): Cleaned up type documentation. Made it more clear which fields are used, and how they are used when a listing is created/revised/relisted.
1081 2018-09-28	Item.CategoryBasedAttributesPrefill (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable, has no affect, and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1081. It should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls. If this field is used, a warning will be triggered when the call is executed. Item.ListingDuration (modified): A 30-day listing duration (`Days_30`) can now be set for eBay Motors listings. The 21-day listing duration (`Days_21`) will soon be wired off for eBay Motors listings. RateTableDetails.DomesticRateTableId (modified): Regional shipping rate tables have been enabled for the following sites: Canada (English), Canada (French), and Italy. With regional shipping rate tables, the seller can customize and set the shipping rates based on shipping speed and distance to specified domestic regions. Regional shipping rate tables are required for sellers opted into the eBay Guaranteed Delivery feature and using the 'Door-to-Door' option. ShippingDetails.PaymentInstructions (doc change): The maximum length for this field was inaccurately documented as 1000, when the maximum length is actually 500 characters.
1077 2018-08-31	ItemSpecifics.NameValueList (modified): New 'California Prop 65 Warning' item specific added to support a new California Proposition 65 Warning message that can be added to a listing. The string `California Prop 65 Warning` is input into the NameValueList.Name field, and the seller crafts their own warning message in the corresponding NameValueList.Value field. The maximum limit for the message is 800 characters.
1073 2018-08-03	ReturnPolicy.InternationalReturnsWithinOption, ReturnPolicy.ReturnsWithinOption (modified): The `Months_1` enumeration value (a valid value for DE and AT sites) is being deprecated, and should no longer be used. ReturnPolicy.InternationalReturnsWithinOption, ReturnPolicy.ReturnsWithinOption (modified): If a value is not specified in these fields when setting up a Return Policy for the listing, the value will default to `Days_30`. Previously, the default value was `Days_14`.
1065 2018-06-08	BuyerRequirementDetailsType.MinimumFeedbackScore (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. It should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls, and is scheduled to be deprecated. If this field is used, it will have no functional affect. BuyerRequirementDetailsType.LinkedPayPalAccount (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. It should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls, and is scheduled to be deprecated. If this field is used, it will have no functional affect. BuyerRequirementDetailsType.VerifiedUserRequirements (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. It should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls, and is scheduled to be deprecated. If this field is used, it will have no functional affect. BuyerRequirementDetailsType.MaximumBuyerPolicyViolations (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. It should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls, and is scheduled to be deprecated. If this field is used, it will have no functional affect. MaximumBuyerPolicyViolationsType (deprecated): This type is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. This type was only used by the MaximumBuyerPolicyViolations field, which was also removed. VerifiedUserRequirementsType (deprecated): This type is no longer applicable and has been removed from the WSDL as of Version 1065. This type was only used by the VerifiedUserRequirements field, which was also removed.
1061 2018-05-11	ReturnPolicy.InternationRefundOption (added): This release adds the option to specify return policies for international returns (which are items returned using an international shipping service). If you sell internationally, your international return policy is by default inherited from your domestic return policy (in this case ReturnPolicy.RefundOption). Set this option so st set up an international return policy if you want to differentiate your international return policy from your domestic return policy. For details, see the Release Notes. ReturnPolicy.InternationReturnsAcceptedOption (added): This release adds the option to specify return policies for international returns. ReturnPolicy.InternationReturnsWithinOption (added): This release adds the option to specify return policies for international returns. ReturnPolicy.InternationShippingCostPaidByOption (added): This release adds the option to specify return policies for international returns. ReturnPolicy.ExtendedHolidayReturns (deprecated): This release deprecates ExtendedHolidayReturns. Values passed to this field are ignored. ReturnPolicy.RestockingFeeValueOption (deprecated): This release deprecates RestockingFeeValueOption. As of this release, sellers are no longer allowed to specify a special restocking fee for returned items. Values passed to this field are ignored. ReturnPolicy.WarrantyDurationOption (deprecated): This release deprecates WarrantyDurationOption. As of this release, eBay no longer supports item warranties. Values passed to this field are ignored. ReturnPolicy.WarrantyOfferedOption (deprecated): This release deprecates WarrantyOfferedOption. As of this release, eBay no longer supports item warranties. Values passed to this field are ignored. ReturnPolicy.WarrantyTypeOption (deprecated): This release deprecates WarrantyTypeOption. As of this release, eBay no longer supports item warranties. Values passed to this field are ignored. ReturnPolicy.Description (modified): This field is now valid for only the following marketplaces: `EBAY_DE` `EBAY_ES` `EBAY_FR` `EBAY_IT`. Values passed to this field in other marketplaces are ignored. ReturnPolicy.RefundOption (modified): This field is now valid only on the US marketplace. ReturnPolicy.ReturnsWithin (modified): The `Days_14` option is being deprecated in many eBay categories. You might receive an error if you attempt to list an item with a 14-day return period. For details, see the Release Notes.
1049 2018-02-16	PickupInStoreDetails.EligibleForPickupDropOff (deprecated): This field should no longer be used in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls, and is scheduled to be deprecated. If this field is used, it will have no functional affect. Eligible sellers must enable the Click and Collect feature at the account level, and then each individual listing within a Click and Collect-enabled category must be evaluated for eligibility.
1039 2017-10-17	ReturnPolicy.RestockingFeeValueOption (modified): The seller can now use the Percent_20 value to reserve the right to charge a restocking fee percentage for returned items of up to 20 percent (of sale price), but at the seller's discretion, they can also charge less than 20 percent. ShippingDetails.RateTableDetails (modified): Once a seller's account is updated with the new shipping rate tables in My eBay, the seller will be required to use the new DomesticRateTableId and InternationalRateTableId fields, and the DomesticRateTable and InternationalRateTable tags will no longer work. The required IDs for these tables can be retrieved with the getRateTables method of the Account API.
1031 2017-09-01	ShippingDetails.InsuranceDetails, ShippingDetails.InternationalInsuranceDetails (deprecated): These two containers and InsuranceDetailsType have been deprecated, as it is no longer possible/applicable for sellers to offer shipping insurance to buyers on any eBay site.
1029 2017-08-18	Item.GiftIcon (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and is in the process of being deprecated. Gift Services and the Gift Icon are no longer supported on any eBay Marketplace sites. Item.GiftServices (deprecated): This field is no longer applicable and is in the process of being deprecated. Gift Services and the Gift Icon are no longer supported on any eBay Marketplace sites. GiftServicesCodeType (deprecated): This type is no longer applicable and is in the process of being deprecated. Gift Services and the Gift Icon are no longer supported on any eBay Marketplace sites. ListingEnhancementsCodeType (modified): The following enumeration values are no longer applicable, and can no longer be used as valid values in the Item.ListingEnhancement field in Add/Revise/Relist/Verify calls: `BasicUpgradePackBundle`, `Border`, `Featured`, `Highlight`, `ProPackBundle`, and `ProPackPlusBundle`.
1027 2017-08-04	AttributeArrayType (deprecated): This type is being deprecated. It is exclusively for Half.com listings, and API support for Half.com listings is being deprecated. AttributeType (deprecated): This type is being deprecated. It is exclusively for Half.com listings, and API support for Half.com listings is being deprecated. Item.SellerInventoryID (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. It is exclusively for Half.com listings, and API support for Half.com listings is being deprecated. ListingTypeCodeType (modified): The `Half` enumeration value is being deprecated, as API support for Half.com listings is being deprecated.
1019 2017-06-09	RateTableDetails.DomesticRateTableId (added): New field added to support new domestic shipping rate tables. The new shipping rate tables are currently only available on US and Australia sites, but will be coming soon to UK and Germany sites. RateTableDetails.InternationalRateTableId (added): New field added to support new international shipping rate tables. The new shipping rate tables are currently only available on US and Australia sites, but will be coming soon to UK and Germany sites.
0997 2017-01-20	CalculatedShippingRate.PackageDepth (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. CalculatedShippingRate.PackageLength (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. CalculatedShippingRate.PackageWidth (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. CalculatedShippingRate.ShippingPackage (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. CalculatedShippingRate.WeightMajor (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. CalculatedShippingRate.WeightMinor (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Package type, Package dimensions, and package weight should be specified in the ShippingPackageDetails container instead. Item.ListingCheckoutRedirectPreference (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Third-party checkout has been deprecated. Item.PostCheckoutExperienceEnabled (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. The Post-Checkout Experience feature has been deprecated. Item.SkypeContactOption (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Member communication through Skype has been deprecated. Item.SkypeEnabled (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Member communication through Skype has been deprecated. Item.SkypeID (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Member communication through Skype has been deprecated. Item.ThirdPartyCheckout (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Third-party checkout has been deprecated. Item.ThirdPartyCheckoutIntegration (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Third-party checkout has been deprecated. PictureDetails.GalleryURL (deprecated): This field is being deprecated from public WSDL. It is only used internally. ProductListingDetails.NameValueList (added): Although this container was added in Version 997, it is not yet available for use in Sandbox or Production environments. It is expected to be wired on for use late in the second quarter of 2017. Ultimately, specifying product identifiers through the NameValueList container will replace the process of specifying product identifiers through the BrandMPN container, or through the EAN, ISBN, or UPC fields. ReturnPolicy.EAN (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. The EAN value will be specified through the ProductListingDetails or VariationProductListingDetails (multiple-variation listings only) containers instead. ShippingDetails.InsuranceFee (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. If applicable, the shipping insurance fee should be specified in the ShippingDetails.InsuranceDetails or ShippingDetails.InternationalInsuranceDetails containers instead. ShippingDetails.InsuranceOption (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. If applicable, the shipping insurance option should be specified in the ShippingDetails.InsuranceDetails or ShippingDetails.InternationalInsuranceDetails containers instead.
0965 2016-04-22	ProductListingDetails.ProductID (deprecated): This field is being deprecated. Seller should use the ProductReferenceID field instead, and pass in the eBay Product ID (ePID) for the product.
0959 2016-03-11	ItemCompatabilityType (modified): Added the ability to accept eBay Product ID (ePID) numbers in the DE and UK eBay sites to specify parts compatibility for motorcycles (in DE, scooter parts compatibility is also supported).
0947 2015-10-29	ShippingServiceCodeType (modified): A new enumeration value, FlatRateFreight, enables sellers to offer free or flat rate freight shipping on listings shipped within the United States. The seller negotiates the actual shipping cost with the freight carrier separately from the checkout process, so the sale can be completed quickly.
0945 2015-10-15	BuyerPaymentMethodCodeType (modified): Sellers can no longer specify Moneybookers, ProPay, or Paymate as values in a PaymentMethods field. If any of these values are used, the listing(s) will be rejected.
0941 2015-09-18	ProductListingDetails.IncludePrefillItemInformation (deprecated): This field has been deprecated. Use the IncludeeBayProductDetails field in its place.
0939 2015-09-04	ProductListingDetails.IncludeeBayProductDetails (added): This boolean field controls whether or not an eBay catalog product is used to help create or revise an item listing. For this field to have an effect, the user must specify a product ID value through the ProductListingDetails container, and eBay must be able to match the product in the listing to a product in the eBay catalog.
0933 2015-07-24	Item.eBayPlusEligible (added): This boolean value indicates whether an item is eligible to be listed under the eBay Plus program. eBay Plus is a premium account option for buyers, which provides benefits such as fast free domestic shipping and free returns on selected items. Currently available only in Germany. Item.eBayPlus (added): This new field accepts a boolean value that indicates whether the eBay Plus program is being offered on an item listing. eBay Plus is a premium account option for buyers, which provides benefits such as fast free domestic shipping and free returns on selected items. Currently available only in Germany. Item.DigitalGoodInfo (added): This container is used to designate the listing as a digital gift card listing. The listing category must support digitial gift card listings in order for this container to have an affect.
0931 2015-07-10	NameValueList.Name (modified): The maximum length was increased to 65. NameValueList.Value (modified): The maximum length was increased to 65.
0923 2015-05-15	PictureURL (modified): Added the ability to upload PNG images and support for https:// URLs. ProductListingDetails.GTIN (deprecated): This field was deprecated. Other Product ID fields should be used instead. ProductListingDetails.ListIfNoProduct (deprecated): This field was deprecated. There are no other alternatives for this field.
0921 2015-05-01	BrandMPN.Brand (modified): Decreased maximum length of string value to 65 characters. BrandMPN.MPN (modified): Decreased maximum length of string value to 65 characters. ProductListingDetails.EAN (modified): If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an EAN value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. ProductListingDetails.GTIN (modified): Marked for deprecation. ProductListingDetails.ISBN (modified): If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an ISBN value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response. ProductListingDetails.ListIfNoProduct (modified): Marked for deprecation. ProductListingDetails.UPC (modified): If the listing is being posted to a category that expects an UPC value, but one doesn't exist for the product, the seller must pass in the text that can be found in the ProductDetails.ProductIdentifierUnavailableText field of the GeteBayDetails response.
0917 2014-04-03	ListingRecommendations.Recommendation.Type (modified): 'FnF' (Fast 'N Free shipping) added as a listing recommendation type. The 'FnF' recommendation advises sellers to add expedited shipping (same-day shipping or 1-day handling time) and/or a free shipping service option. The 'Category', 'ConditionDescription', 'GSP', and 'UPC' listing recommendation types were disabled and will no longer be returned in the response.
0905 2015-01-09	CalculatedShippingRateType (modified): Data fields in this container used to specify shipping package weight and dimensions should no longer be used. Instead, the equivalents fields in ShippingPackageDetailsType should be used.
0899 2014-11-04	BuyerPaymentMethodCodeType (modified): 'QIWI' added as enumeration value. This payment method can only be specified on the US site and is only applicable to Russian buyers.
0897 2014-10-21	SiteCodeType (modified): 'Russia' added as enumeration value to support selling on the new Russia site.
0895 2014-10-07	Item.OutOfStockControl (deprecated): In this release, the Item.OutOfStockControl field was deprecated and was replaced by SetUserPreferences.OutOfStockControlPreference. For more information, see Using the Out-of-Stock Feature. Item.LiveAuction (doc change): Added more content to the field description.
0889 2014-08-26	PictureURL (modified): Added the ability to pass in up to 12 self-hosted or 12 ESP images at once at no cost. For US and Canada Motors sites for vehicle listings you can upload up to 24 pictures at no cost.
0885 2014-07-29	Recommendation.Metadata (added): New container that is returned when price guidance information is requested/available for the item. The data in this container includes the minimum and maximum recommended prices for the item, which are based on recent sales of similar items. A Metadata container is returned for each price guidance parameter that is applicable/available for the pricing recommendation.
0879 2014-06-17	Item.LiveAuction (added): Use this boolean field to enable an auction listing as a "Live Auction". The Live Auctions feature will allow real-time bidding on eBay for items that are up for bidding at a live auction (physical location). PickupInStoreDetails.EligibleForPickupDropOff (added): Use this boolean field to enable the listing for the "Click and Collect" feature.
0877 2014-06-03	ReturnPolicyType.ExtendedHolidayReturns (added): Use this boolean field to specify your policy for holiday returns. A seller can offer an item with an extended holiday returns period, which overrides the seller's existing return policy period for the item during the winter holidays. Buyers who purchase the item from early November through the end of the year have until the end of January to return it. ExtendedHolidayReturns is False by default.
0869 2014-04-08	CalculatedShippingRate.WeightMajor, CalculatedShippingRate.WeightMinor (doc change): The description clarifies that WeightMajor and WeightMinor are required on input not only for calculated shipping, but also in one case for flat rate shipping: when shipping rate tables are specified and the shipping rate table uses weight surcharges. No other calculated shipping fields are required in this case.
0865 2013-03-11	ListingRecommendations.Recommendation.Type (modified): 'Price' and 'Title' added as listing recommendation types. The 'Price' recommendation advises sellers on optimal prices for their items based on the sale history of similar items on eBay. The 'Title' recommendation advises sellers on keywords or Item Specifics that could be added to their listing titles in order to get better search or sale results.
0861 2014-02-11	StorefrontType.StoreCategoryName (added): This field is used by eBay Stores sellers to list an item under one of their custom categories using the category name. StorefrontType.StoreCategory2Name (added): This field is used by eBay Stores sellers to list an item under a second category using one of their custom categories names.
0851 2013-11-19	Item.ConditionDescription (modified): ConditionDescription is now supported on the following eBay sites: US and US Motors (0, 100), CA (2), CAFR (210), UK (3), AU (15), AT (16), BEFR (23), BENL (123) FR (71), DE (77), IT (101), NL (146), ES (186), CH (193), IE (205), PL (212).
0849 2013-11-05	Item.ConditionDescription (modified): In addition to the eBay US and US eBay Motors (0), UK (3), CA (2), CAFR (210) and AU (15) sites, ConditionDescription is now supported on the AT (16), FR (71), IT (101) and ES (186) sites. Item.PaymentMethods (modified): 'CreditCard' and 'DirectDebit' added as acceptable buyer payment methods. These two values should only be used for eBay Now-enabled listings. ShippingServiceOptions.ShippingService (modified): 'eBayNowImmediateDelivery' added as an acceptable value in the ShippingService field. This value should only be used for eBay Now-enabled listings.
0845 2013-10-08	ListingRecommendations.Recommendation.Type (modified): 'Category' and 'ConditionDescription' added as listing recommendation types. One to three 'Category' listing recommendation containers will be returned in the response if eBay determines (by analyzing Item Title) that the item has been miscategorized. Each 'Category' container will provide a Category ID of an eBay category that is better suited for the item. One 'ConditionDescription' listing recommendation container will be returned in the response if the item is a used item (ConditionID value greater than 1500) that would benefit if a Condition Description was included in the listing.
0843 2013-09-24	RateTableDetails.DomesticRateTable (modified): In addition to the eBay US, UK, DE and Motors Parts and Accessories sites, sellers listing on the eBay AU site can now configure domestic shipping rate tables in My eBay Shipping Preferences. In a domestic rate table, a seller can specify an alternative flat shipping rate for each shipping service category, in each of several domestic regions. Use the DomesticRateTable field to specify the domestic rate table to use for a listing.
0841 2013-09-19	Item.ShippingServiceCostOverrideList (added): This container is used when the seller wants to override the flat shipping costs for all domestic and/or all international shipping services defined in the Business Policies shipping profile(s) referenced in the AddItems call. Item.eBayNowEligible (added): This boolean field is used to enable one or more listings in the AddItems call for eBay Now delivery. A seller must be eligible for the eBay Now delivery feature to list an item that is eligible for eBay Now delivery.
0831 2013-07-03	Item.PickupInStoreDetails (added): A new container that is used to enable a multi-quantity, fixed-price listing with the In-Store Pickup option. If an eligible seller/merchant enables the In-Store Pickup option, the buyer of the item will have the option of picking up that item at one of the merchant's retail locations at no charge. Besides including and setting the EligibleForPickupInStore flag to 'true', there are additional requirements that the seller must follow when listing an In-Store Pickup item. These requirements are discussed in the description of the EligibleForPickupInStore field.
0829 2013-06-19	ReturnPolicy.RefundOption (modified): A new 'MoneyBackOrReplacement' value is now supported. This value should be used by a seller opted in to eBay-managed returns who wants to give buyers the choice of receiving a refund for a returned item, or receiving a replacement item.
0825 2013-05-22	ReturnPolicy.ReturnsWithinOption (modified): A new 'Months_1' value is now supported. This value indicates a one-month return policy.
0823 2013-05-08	Item.OutOfStockControl (added): Flag that when set to 'true' hides a listing when the quantity of the item goes to 0 (zero) but keeps the listing alive. While the "quantity available" value is 0, the listing would be hidden from eBay search, and if that item was specifically searched for with GetItem (or related call), the 'OutOfStock' Enum would be returned. This is useful for a seller who is waiting for additional stock of an item. Instead of ending the listing and then recreating it when the inventory arrives, they can use this flag to hide the listing. Then when they have the item available they can update the inventory of the item (through the Item.Quantity or Item.Variations.Variation.Quantity fields in an AddFixedPriceItem call) and the listing would appear again.
0817 2013-03-27	IncludeRecommendations (added): Flag that allows seller to retrieve one or more listing recommendations in the response that will help the seller improve the quality of the listing. AddItemResponseContainer.ListingRecommendations (added): Container consisting of one or more Recommendation containers, and each Recommendation container provides a message to the seller on how a listing can be improved (for example, add item specifics or use a UPC code) or brought up to standards (Top-rated Seller/Listing and Picture requirements). The IncludeRecommendations flag must be included and set to 'true' in the request for the ListingRecommendations container to be returned. Item.DispatchTimeMax (modified): A DispatchTimeMax value of 0 indicates same day handling for an item, the timing of which depends on the order cut off time set in the seller's user preferences. For orders placed (and cleared payment received) before the local order cut off time, the item must be shipped by the end of the current day. For orders completed on or after the order cut off time, the item must be shipped by the end of the following day (excluding weekends and local holidays).
0807 2013-01-23	DispatchTimeMax (modified): A dispatch time value of '0' is not valid for use on eBay sites. If you wish to indicate that a listing with flat or calculated shipping has no handling time commitment, submit Item.DispatchTimeMax as an empty field.
0801 2012-11-28	Item.PictureDetails.PictureURL, Item.PictureDetails.ExternalPictureURL (modified): The maximum length of PictureURL and ExternalPictureURL has been increased from 150 to 500 characters.
0799 2012-11-07	ShippingDetailsType.InternationalShippingServiceOption (doc change): The description clarifies that a seller can offer up to four domestic shipping services and up to five international shipping services. However, if the seller is opted in to the Global Shipping Program, only four other international shipping services may be offered (regardless of whether or not Global Shipping is offered for the listing).
0791 2012-09-12	InternationalShippingServiceOption.ShippingService (modified): New International shipping services added for UK and DE sites as part of the EU delivery estimate project. For UK, these new enumeration values are UK_ParcelForceIntlExpress, UK_ParcelForceIntlValue, and UK_ParcelForceIntlEconomy. For DE, these new enumeration values are DE_DeutschePostBriefIntlEcon and DE_DeutschePostBriefIntlPriority.
0789 2012-08-29	Item.ConditionDescription (added): This string field is used by the seller to more clearly describe the condition of items that are not brand new. Item.ListingSubtype2 (doc change): A note was added to clarify that this value indicates a classified ad (or digital download) listing on ebay.com websites, not on ebayclassifieds.com. The ebayclassifieds.com site is not supported by the Trading API.
0787 2012-08-15	Item.QuantityRestrictionPerBuyer (added): This container is used by the seller to restrict the quantity of items that may be purchased by one buyer during the duration of a fixed-price listing (single or multi-variation). Item.ShippingDetails.RateTableDetails (doc change): Documentation for this container and its fields has been revised to be more accurate and easier to understand. Item.ShippingDetails.RateTableDetails.InternationalRateTable (added): This field specifies which international shipping rate table to apply to a listing. International rate tables can be used only for items listed on the DE or UK site, and the seller must have previously configured a table in My eBay site preferences. Shipping rate tables enable sellers to tailor the flat shipping rates offered for an item to fit the shipping destination. They can specify a base rate for a large region, then define alternative rates or surcharges for shipping to individual countries within the region.
0783 2012-07-18	ReturnPolicy.RestockingFeeValueOption (added): This enumeration value indicates the restocking fee charged by the seller for returned items. In order to charge the buyer a restocking fee when an item is returned, a US seller must input a restocking fee value as part of the return policy.
0781 2012-07-04	ShippingDetails.GlobalShipping (added): To offer shipping using eBay's Global Shipping Program as the default for a listing, sellers set GlobalShipping to True. To avoid offering Global Shipping Program shipping, or to offer a different international shipping service for the listing, sellers set GlobalShipping to False (and optionally specify a different international shipping service). ShippingServiceCodeType (modified): AU_StandardDeliveryFromOutsideAU added as a shipping service option. This option can be specified by sellers on the AU site if the item is being shipped from a location outside of Australia using standard delivery.
0775 2012-05-23	ProductListingDetails.GTIN (added): New product identifier. Applicable only to listing requests.
0763 2012-02-29	SellerProfiles.SellerPaymentProfile (added): Container used to reference a Business Policies payment policy profile. If a Business Policies payment policy profile is referenced in an AddItems call, the payment policy and values contained in that payment policy profile are used, and the seller will not need to include payment policy values in the call itself. This feature is currently only available for testing in a Sandbox environment and will not be available in Production until May 2012. SellerProfiles.SellerReturnProfile (added): Container used to reference a Business Policies return policy profile. If a Business Policies return policy profile is referenced in an AddItems call, the return policy and values contained in that return policy profile are used, and the seller will not need to include return policy values in the call itself. This feature is currently only available for testing in a Sandbox environment and will not be available in Production until May 2012. SellerProfiles.SellerShippingProfile (added): Container used to reference a Business Policies shipping policy profile. If a Business Policies shipping policy profile is referenced in an AddItems call, the shipping policy and values contained in that shipping policy profile are used, and the seller will not need to include shipping policy values in the call itself. This feature is currently only available for testing in a Sandbox environment and will not be available in Production until May 2012. ShippingPackageDetails (added): If the seller is using calculated shipping, this container is used to specify the weight and dimensions of an item's shipping package. This feature is currently only available for testing in a Sandbox environment and will not be available in Production until May 2012.
0757 2012-01-18	VIN, VRM (added): Fields for US, Canada, and UK eBay Motors vehicles (previously available as ID-based attributes).
0743 2011-10-12	Item.SellerProvidedTitle, PaymentDetails.DepositAmount, PaymentDetails.DepositType (added): Fields for US and Canada eBay Motors vehicles (previously available as ID-based attributes).
0735 2011-08-17	Item.ItemSpecifics, Item.AttributeSetArray (modified): You can now use custom item specifics instead of ID-based attributes for ticket listings. Item.ReturnPolicy.RefundOption (modified): MoneyBackOrExchange value is now supported.
0729 2011-07-06	Item.ThirdPartyCheckout (deprecated): As of July 1, 2011, Third-Party Checkout is no longer supported. If this field is included in the request, the call will fail. Item.ThirdPartyCheckoutIntegration (deprecated): As of July 1, 2011, Third-Party Checkout is no longer supported. If this field is included in the request, the call will fail.
0719 2011-04-27	ShippingServiceCodeType (modified): 15 new shipping services added for the Australia and Canada sites. The nine new Australia carrier-specific shipping services include AU_AusPostRegisteredPostInternationalPaddedBag1kg, AU_AusPostRegisteredPostInternationalPaddedBag500g, AU_AusPostRegisteredPostInternationalParcel, AU_AustralianAirExpressFlatRate1kg, AU_AustralianAirExpressFlatRate3kg, AU_AustralianAirExpressFlatRate5kg, AU_AustralianAirExpressMetro15kg, AU_eBayAusPost3kgFlatRateSatchel, and AU_eBayAusPost500gFlatRateSatchel. The nine new Australia generic service level shipping services include AU_EconomyDeliveryFromOutsideAU, AU_ExpeditedDeliveryFromOutsideAU, AU_ExpressDelivery, AU_Freight, and AU_StandardDelivery. The new Canada shipping service is CA_Freight. Item.ShippingDetails.ShippingServiceOptions (modified): '4' has been added as a valid integer value to account for the additional international shipping service that may be specified by the seller. Item.ShippingDetails.InternationalShippingServiceOption (modified): '4' and '5' have been added as valid integer values to account for the additional international shipping services that may be specified by the seller.
0691 2010-10-13	Item.PictureDetails.ExternalPictureURL (added): By late October, on sites with free gallery, if a listing uses a self-hosted picture (except in the case of a multi-variation listing), the picture will be copied to eBay Picture Services (EPS). This copy will be used as the picture at the top of the listing. If the copy fails, the original location is used.
0689 2010-09-20	Item.ApplyShippingDiscount (deprecated): As of version 689, Item.ApplyShippingDiscount is deprecated and removed from the schema. Item.SecondaryCategory (modified): Items in value categories can't be listed in two categories. eBay drops SecondaryCategory if either PrimaryCategory or SecondaryCategory is a value category (see ValueCategory in GetCategoryFeatures). Item.Quantity, Item.StartPrice, Item.BuyItNowPrice (doc change): In late October 2010, for the US site, users who are registering as eBay sellers for the first time are subject to seller limits which limit the quantity of items and/or the total listing value of the items. This applies to new sellers, not currently to existing sellers. (The GetMyeBaySelling call returns the remaining item quantity and remaining total value under the limits for the seller, if any such limits exist for the seller.) If a call to add an item or revise an item would result in the exceeding of these limits, the add item or revise item call will fail. For auctions, the value limits apply to the start price, not the final sale amount.
0687 2010-09-15	ItemCompatibilityList (modified): Invalid item compatibility combinations will no longer cause the request to fail as long as ItemCompatibilityList contains at least one valid item compatibility.
0685 2010-08-24	ShippingDetails.RateTableDetails (added): Sellers can now specify the use of domestic shipping rate tables, which are set up in eBay Site Preferences, to specify different rates for different special domestic locations. Applies to the following sites: `DE, UK, US` ExcludeShipToLocation (modified): Sellers can now exclude special domestic locations from where they will ship items. Applies to the following sites: `DE, UK, US`
0675 2010-06-23	Item.LimitedWarrantyEligible (deprecated): This feature is no longer supported and the field is ignored in listing requests. It will be removed from the schema soon.
0663 2010-03-31	Item.ApplyShippingDiscount (deprecated): This tag is no longer being used. It will be officially deprecated later in 2010.
0661 2010-03-17	ConditionID (added): ConditionID is supported in the Sandbox for a few categories. Starting in May 2010, it will be functional in production for most categories. Use ConditionID instead of AttributeSetArray, LookupAttributeArray, or ItemSpecifics to specify the item's condition when GetCategoryFeatures shows ConditionEnabled=Enabled or Required for the listing's primary category.
0653 2010-01-20	Item.CompatibilityList (added): Specify a list of parts compatibility information specified as name and value pairs. Describes assemblies (e.g., year, make, model, trim, and engine values for specific vehicles) to which the part/item applies (i.e., compatibility by application).
0639 2009-10-14	ScheduleTime (modified): The start time for new, scheduled listings is now randomized within 15-minute intervals. With this change, it is possible that the scheduled start time of your listing will be delayed by up to 15 minutes. Listing end times are modified accordingly. This upgrade affects the following sites: `AT, BEFR, BENL, CH, DE, ES, FR, IE, IT, NL, PL, UK`
0635 2009-09-16	ExcludeShipToLocation (added): Sellers can now exclude specific regions and countries from where they will ship items. InsuranceDetails, InsuranceFee, InsuranceOption, InternationalInsuranceDetails, InsuranceWanted, ShippingInsuranceCost (modified): Sellers can no longer give buyers the option to purchase shipping insurance for either domestic or international items. The buyer-paid shipping insurance option has been removed from the following sites: `BEFR, BENL, CA, CAFR, HK, IE, IN, MY, Motors, NL, PH, PL, SG, UK, US` Insurance tags are returned only when the associated item has buyer-paid shipping insurance values.
0627 2009-07-22	DiscountReason (added): This response element indicates the nature of any discount realized with the listing.
0619 2009-05-27	LookupAttribute (modified): Enabled for all catalog-enabled categories that support the notion of a condition (e.g., not Tickets). The name and value must match the attribute name and value defined in GetAttributesCS or GetProductSellingPages. BrandMPN, EAN, ISBN, TicketListingDetails, UPC, ListIfNoProduct, UseFirstProduct, ReturnSearchResultsOnDuplicate (added): ProductListingDetails now supports more industry-standard values, plus more control over the product matching behavior. ExternalProductID will be deprecated in a future release.
0605 2009-02-18	NowAndNew (deprecated): Now & New (Sofort & Neu) has been retired as of this release.
0603 2009-02-04	Two enums in BuyerPaymentMethodCodeType (added): New payment methods: Paymate, Moneybookers. Item.PaymentMethods.IntegratedMerchantCreditCard (added): This payment method can apply if a seller has a payment gateway account.
0599 2009-1-07	NowAndNew (doc change): eBay will retire Now & New (Sofort & Neu) by March 2009.
0595 2008-12-10	AddItemRequestContainer.MessageID (doc change): EndItemRequestContainer.MessageID is optional input for this call. This field had been omitted inadvertently from the documentation.
0585 2008-10-01	(added) New call.

AddItemResponseContainer	AddItemResponseContainerType	Always, repeatable: [1..*]	One AddItemResponseContainer container is returned for each listing that was created with the AddItems call. Each container includes the ItemID of each newly created listings, the eBay category each item is listed under, the seller-defined SKUs of the items (if any), the listing recommendations for each item (if applicable), the start and end time of each listing, and the estimated fees that each listing will incur.
AddItemResponseContainer .Category2ID	string	Conditionally	Unique identifier of the secondary category in which the item was listed. This field is only returned if the Item.CategoryMappingAllowed boolean field is set to `true` in the request (or omitted) and the Category ID passed in as the secondary listing category was automatically mapped to a new Category ID by eBay. If the secondary category ID passed in the request is still active/valid, this field is not returned. Max length: 10.
AddItemResponseContainer .CategoryID	string	Conditionally	The unique identifier of the primary category in which the item was listed. This field is only returned if the Item.CategoryMappingAllowed boolean field is set to `true` in the request (or omitted) and the Category ID passed in as the primary listing category was automatically mapped to a new Category ID by eBay. If the primary category ID passed in the request is still active/valid, this field is not returned. Max length: 10.
AddItemResponseContainer .CorrelationID	string	Always	Most Trading API calls support a MessageID element in the request and a CorrelationID element in the response. With AddItems, a unique MessageID value is required for each AddItemRequestContainer container that is used in the request. The CorrelationID value returned under each AddItemResponseContainer container is used to correlate each item request container with its corresponding response container. The same MessageID value that you pass into a request will be returned in the CorrelationID field in the response.
AddItemResponseContainer .DiscountReason	DiscountReasonCodeType	Conditionally, repeatable: [0..*]	This container is an array of one or more listing fee/upgrade discount types being offered by eBay to the seller. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for future use Promotion (out) An offer that applies to an unlimited number of listings during the offering period. Example: "Get subtitle for $0.10 in Tech category when listing between 12/25 and 12/28. No limit to the number of items listed during this period." SpecialOffer (out) An offer that applies to a limited number of listings during the offering period. Example: "There is no insertion fee for up to 5 auctions when listing between 12/1 and 12/10." Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
AddItemResponseContainer .EndTime	dateTime	Always	Date and time when the new listing is scheduled to end based on the start time and the listing duration value that was set in the ListingDuration field at listing time. If the value of ListingDuration was set to `GTC` (Good 'Til Cancelled) this value will be set one month ahead of the start time, and this value will continue to be updated one month ahead each time the GTC listing needs to be renewed. Fixed-price listings get renewed automatically as long as there is still a quantity of `1` or above, or even if the quantity is `0`, but the 'out-of-stock control' feature is enabled. Note that `GTC` is not a supported listing duration for auction listings, but is the only supported listing duration for fixed-price listings except for a few motor vehicle categories on eBay Motors US, eBay UK, and eBay Italy.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors	ErrorType	Conditionally, repeatable: [0..*]	This container is an array of one or more errors and/or warnings (if any) that occurred when eBay attempted to create the corresponding listing. Note that one or more errors and/or warnings may also occur at the call-level. This container is only returned if there were one or more warnings and/or errors that occurred with the creation of the corresponding listing.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ErrorClassification	ErrorClassificationCodeType	Conditionally	API errors are divided between two classes: system errors and request errors. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for internal or future use. RequestError (out) An error has occurred either as a result of a problem in the sending application or because the application's end-user has attempted to submit invalid data (or missing data). In these cases, do not retry the request. The problem must be corrected before the request can be made again. If the problem is due to something in the application (such as a missing required field), the application must be changed. If the problem is a result of end-user data, the application must alert the end-user to the problem and provide the means for the end-user to correct the data. Once the problem in the application or data is resolved, resend the request to eBay with the corrected data. SystemError (out) Indicates that an error has occurred on the eBay system side, such as a database or server down. An application can retry the request as-is a reasonable number of times (eBay recommends twice). If the error persists, contact Developer Technical Support. Once the problem has been resolved, the request may be resent in its original form. Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ErrorCode	token	Conditionally	A unique code that identifies the particular error condition that occurred. Your application can use error codes as identifiers in your customized error-handling algorithms. See Errors By Number.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ErrorParameters	ErrorParameterType	Conditionally, repeatable: [0..*]	This optional element carries a list of context-specific error variables that indicate details about the error condition. These are useful when multiple instances of ErrorType are returned.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ErrorParameters [ attribute ParamID ]	string	Conditionally	This optional element carries a list of context-specific error variables that indicate details about the error condition. These are useful when multiple instances of ErrorType are returned.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ErrorParameters.Value	string	Conditionally	This is the value of the request parameter noted in the ParamID attribute. So, if the ParamID value was ItemID, the value in this field would be the actual value of that ItemID.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.LongMessage	string	Conditionally	A more detailed description of the condition that raised the error.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.SeverityCode	SeverityCodeType	Conditionally	Indicates whether the error is a severe error (causing the request to fail) or an informational error (a warning) that should be communicated to the user. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for internal or future use. Error (out) The request that triggered the error was not processed successfully. When a serious application-level error occurs, the error is returned instead of the business data. If the source of the problem is within the application (such as a missing required element), change the application before you retry the request. If the problem is due to end-user input data, please alert the end-user to the problem and provide the means for them to correct the data. Once the problem in the application or data is resolved, you can attempt to re-send the request to eBay. If the source of the problem is on eBay's side, An application can retry the request as-is a reasonable number of times (eBay recommends twice). If the error persists, contact Developer Technical Support. Once the problem has been resolved, the request may be resent in its original form. See the Error handling section of the Making a Trading API call guide for more information. Warning (out) The request was processed successfully, but something occurred that may affect your application or the user. For example, eBay may have changed a value the user sent in. In this case, eBay returns a normal, successful response and also returns the warning. When a warning occurs, the error is returned in addition to the business data. In this case, you do not need to retry the request (as the original request was successful). However, depending on the cause or nature of the warning, you might need to contact either the end user or eBay to effect a long term solution to the problem to prevent it from reoccurring in the future. Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.ShortMessage	string	Conditionally	A brief description of the condition that raised the error.
AddItemResponseContainer .Errors.UserDisplayHint	boolean	Conditionally	Indicates whether the error message text is intended to be displayed to an end user or intended only to be parsed by the application. If true or not present (the default), the message text is intended for the end user. If false, the message text is intended for the application, and the application should translate the error into a more appropriate message. Only applicable to Item Specifics errors and warnings returned from listing requests.
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees	FeesType	Always	This container is an array of fees associated with the creation of the listing. The fees in this container will not include any fees that are based on the purchase price (such as transaction fees) and only come into play when the listing has a sale. All listing fee types are returned, even if those fees are not applicable for the revised listings and are '0.0'. Note: The currency used for all fees returned under the Fees container reflects the currency used for the listing site, and not necessarily in the seller's default/home currency. For example, if a Canadian seller is using the AddItems call to list items on the eBay US site, the currency type shown for each fee will be `USD` and not `CAD`. See: eBay.com Selling Fees Fees by marketplace
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee	FeeType	Always, repeatable: [1..*]	A Fee container is returned for each listing fee associated with listing an item. Each Fee container consists of the fee type, the amount of the fee, and any applicable eBay promotional discount on that listing fee. A Fee container is returned for each listing feature, even if the associated cost is 0.
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee.Fee	AmountType (double)	Always	Amount of the fee that eBay will charge the member for the associated listing feature. See eBay.com Fees for a current list of listing features and their associated fees..
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee.Fee [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Always	Amount of the fee that eBay will charge the member for the associated listing feature. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee.Name	string	Always	This is the name of the listing feature, such as `ListingFee`, `SubtitleFee`, or `BoldFee`. See Fees.
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee.PromotionalDiscount	AmountType (double)	Always	This field exists in the response when the user has selected a feature that participates in a promotional discount. Note: Verify calls might not return the PromotionalDiscount fee in the response. See Standard selling fees for A current schedule of listing features and their associated fees..
AddItemResponseContainer.Fees .Fee.PromotionalDiscount [ attribute currencyID ]	CurrencyCodeType	Always	This field exists in the response when the user has selected a feature that participates in a promotional discount. Note: Verify calls might not return the PromotionalDiscount fee in the response. For a list of possible enumeration values, see CurrencyCodeType.
AddItemResponseContainer .ItemID	ItemIDType (string)	Always	Unique identifier for the new listing. This field is returned as long as the listing was successfully created.
AddItemResponseContainer .Message	string	Conditionally	Supplemental information from eBay, if applicable. May elaborate on errors or provide useful hints for the seller. This data can accompany the call's normal data result set or a result set that contains only errors. The string can return HTML, including TABLE, IMG, and HREF elements. In this case, an HTML- based application should be able to include the HTML as-is in the HTML page that displays the results. A non-HTML application would need to parse the HTML and convert the table elements and image references into UI elements particular to the programming language used. Because this data is returned as a string, the HTML markup elements are escaped with character entity references (e.g.,<table><tr>...).
AddItemResponseContainer .StartTime	dateTime	Always	Starting date and time for the new listing. This value is based on the time the listing was received and processed, or the time the item will be listed if the seller included the Item.ScheduleTime field in the request and set a custom start time of the listing (in the future).

Ack	AckCodeType	Always	A token representing the application-level acknowledgement code that indicates the response status (e.g., success). The AckCodeType list specifies the possible values for the Ack field. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for internal or future use. Failure (out) This value indicates that the call request processing failed. Success (out) This value indicates that the call request was processed successfully without any issues. Warning (out) This value indicates that the call request was successful, but processing was not without any issues. These issues can be checked in the Errors container, that will also be returned when one or more known issues occur with the call request. (Not all values in AckCodeType apply to this field.) Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
Build	string	Always	This refers to the specific software build that eBay used when processing the request and generating the response. This includes the version number plus additional information. eBay Developer Support may request the build information when helping you resolve technical issues.
CorrelationID	string	Conditionally	Most Trading API calls support a MessageID element in the request and a CorrelationID element in the response. If you pass in a MessageID in a request, the same value will be returned in the CorrelationID field in the response. Pairing these values can help you track and confirm that a response is returned for every request and to match specific responses to specific requests. If you do not pass a MessageID value in the request, CorrelationID is not returned. Note: GetCategories is designed to retrieve very large sets of metadata that change once a day or less often. To improve performance, these calls return cached responses when you request all available data (with no filters). When this occurs, the MessageID and CorrelationID fields aren't applicable. However, if you specify an input filter to reduce the amount of data returned, the calls retrieve the latest data (not cached). When this occurs, MessageID and CorrelationID are applicable.
DuplicateInvocationDetails	DuplicateInvocationDetailsType	Conditionally	Information that explains a failure due to a duplicate InvocationID being passed in.
DuplicateInvocationDetails .DuplicateInvocationID	UUIDType (string)	Conditionally	This value represents the duplicate InvocationID or InvocationTrackingID that was used in the call request.
DuplicateInvocationDetails .InvocationTrackingID	string	Conditionally	This unique identifier identifies the business item the previous API invocation created. For example, the Item ID of the item created by an AddItem call.
DuplicateInvocationDetails .Status	InvocationStatusType	Conditionally	This enumeration value indicates the status of the previous call that used the InvocationID or InvocationTrackingID specified in the DuplicateInvocationID. Applicable values: CustomCode Failure (out) InProgress (out) Success (out) Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
Errors	ErrorType	Conditionally, repeatable: [0..*]	A list of application-level errors (if any) that occurred when eBay processed the request.
Errors.ErrorClassification	ErrorClassificationCodeType	Conditionally	API errors are divided between two classes: system errors and request errors. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for internal or future use. RequestError (out) An error has occurred either as a result of a problem in the sending application or because the application's end-user has attempted to submit invalid data (or missing data). In these cases, do not retry the request. The problem must be corrected before the request can be made again. If the problem is due to something in the application (such as a missing required field), the application must be changed. If the problem is a result of end-user data, the application must alert the end-user to the problem and provide the means for the end-user to correct the data. Once the problem in the application or data is resolved, resend the request to eBay with the corrected data. SystemError (out) Indicates that an error has occurred on the eBay system side, such as a database or server down. An application can retry the request as-is a reasonable number of times (eBay recommends twice). If the error persists, contact Developer Technical Support. Once the problem has been resolved, the request may be resent in its original form. Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
Errors.ErrorCode	token	Conditionally	A unique code that identifies the particular error condition that occurred. Your application can use error codes as identifiers in your customized error-handling algorithms. See Errors By Number.
Errors.ErrorParameters	ErrorParameterType	Conditionally, repeatable: [0..*]	This optional element carries a list of context-specific error variables that indicate details about the error condition. These are useful when multiple instances of ErrorType are returned.
Errors.ErrorParameters [ attribute ParamID ]	string	Conditionally	This optional element carries a list of context-specific error variables that indicate details about the error condition. These are useful when multiple instances of ErrorType are returned.
Errors.ErrorParameters.Value	string	Conditionally	This is the value of the request parameter noted in the ParamID attribute. So, if the ParamID value was ItemID, the value in this field would be the actual value of that ItemID.
Errors.LongMessage	string	Conditionally	A more detailed description of the condition that raised the error.
Errors.SeverityCode	SeverityCodeType	Conditionally	Indicates whether the error is a severe error (causing the request to fail) or an informational error (a warning) that should be communicated to the user. Applicable values: CustomCode (out) Reserved for internal or future use. Error (out) The request that triggered the error was not processed successfully. When a serious application-level error occurs, the error is returned instead of the business data. If the source of the problem is within the application (such as a missing required element), change the application before you retry the request. If the problem is due to end-user input data, please alert the end-user to the problem and provide the means for them to correct the data. Once the problem in the application or data is resolved, you can attempt to re-send the request to eBay. If the source of the problem is on eBay's side, An application can retry the request as-is a reasonable number of times (eBay recommends twice). If the error persists, contact Developer Technical Support. Once the problem has been resolved, the request may be resent in its original form. See the Error handling section of the Making a Trading API call guide for more information. Warning (out) The request was processed successfully, but something occurred that may affect your application or the user. For example, eBay may have changed a value the user sent in. In this case, eBay returns a normal, successful response and also returns the warning. When a warning occurs, the error is returned in addition to the business data. In this case, you do not need to retry the request (as the original request was successful). However, depending on the cause or nature of the warning, you might need to contact either the end user or eBay to effect a long term solution to the problem to prevent it from reoccurring in the future. Code so that your app gracefully handles any future changes to this list.
Errors.ShortMessage	string	Conditionally	A brief description of the condition that raised the error.
Errors.UserDisplayHint	boolean	Conditionally	Indicates whether the error message text is intended to be displayed to an end user or intended only to be parsed by the application. If true or not present (the default), the message text is intended for the end user. If false, the message text is intended for the application, and the application should translate the error into a more appropriate message. Only applicable to Item Specifics errors and warnings returned from listing requests.
HardExpirationWarning	string	Conditionally	Expiration date of the user's authentication token. Only returned within the 7-day period prior to a token's expiration. To ensure that user authentication tokens are secure and to help avoid a user's token being compromised, tokens have a limited life span. A token is only valid for a period of time (set by eBay). After this amount of time has passed, the token expires and must be replaced with a new token.
Message	string	Conditionally	Supplemental information from eBay, if applicable. May elaborate on errors (such as how a listing violates eBay policies) or provide useful hints that may help a seller increase sales. This data can accompany the call's normal data result set or a result set that contains only errors. Applications must recognize when the Message field is returned and provide a means to display the listing hints and error message explanations to the user. The string can return HTML, including TABLE, IMG, and HREF elements. In this case, an HTML-based application should be able to include the HTML as-is in the HTML page that displays the results. A non-HTML application would need to parse the HTML and convert the table elements and image references into UI elements particular to the programming language used. As usual for string data types, the HTML markup elements are escaped with character entity references (e.g.,<table><tr>...). See Standard Data for All Calls.
Timestamp	dateTime	Always	This value represents the date and time when eBay processed the request. The time zone of this value is GMT and the format is the ISO 8601 date and time format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSSZ). See the Time Values section in the eBay Features Guide for information about this time format and converting to and from the GMT time zone. Note: GetCategories and other Trading API calls are designed to retrieve very large sets of metadata that change once a day or less often. To improve performance, these calls return cached responses when you request all available data (with no filters). When this occurs, this time value reflects the time the cached response was created. Thus, this value is not necessarily when the request was processed. However, if you specify an input filter to reduce the amount of data returned, the calls retrieve the latest data (not cached). When this occurs, this time value does reflect when the request was processed.
Version	string	Always	The version of the response payload schema. Indicates the version of the schema that eBay used to process the request. See the Standard Data for All Calls section in the eBay Features Guide for information on using the response version when troubleshooting CustomCode values that appear in the response.